Home

Vigor2830 Series User`s Guide

1. Drey Tek SEIE Blinking Off Blinking Blinking Blinking Blinking 5 5 5 5 5 5 Left LED Green Off Blinking i Right LED Green Off Left LED Green 5 O Blinking Right LED Green Off Vigor2830 ADSL Security Firewall gt ao a a EE wa z 3 a OSL GagaLaAn amp 1 i WANE Giga Use Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Slowly The DSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is tranning The WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while an attack is detected The VPN tunnel is active The QoS function is active The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port i
2. Off Blinking 5 Right LED Green Off Left LED Green 5 Off Blinking 5 Right LED Green Off Vigor2830Vn ADSL Security Firewall 3 4 DSL GigaLAne 1 2 m WAR Giga USE Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu Wireless access point is ready It will blink slowly while wireless traffic goes through If ACT and WLAN LEDs blink quickly and simultaneously when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within 2 minutes The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Slowly The DSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is tranning The WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is disconnected the LED will be off There is no PSTN phone call The phone connected to this port is off hook The phone connected to this port is on hook A phone call comes The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port
3. Register Confirm The Confirm message of New Owner Mary maybe timeout Please try again or contact to draytek com Dray Te k 337 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 8 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Then type the code in the box of Auth Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor lf you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4he1C Ifyou cannot read the word click here Forget password Dont have a My ideor Account 7 Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 880 3 597 2727 of email to webmasten draytek com Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into MyVigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 338 Dray Tek 6 Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router fro
4. Service Group None or Service Object None y or Service Object N one 1 SIP or Service Object 2 RTP To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type 150 Dray Tek Fragments Filter Branch to other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Dray Tek User defined wt Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragm
5. Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear w Command Prompt Microsoft Windows HP Version 5 1 2688 C Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae gt ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum Ams Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For MacOs Terminal ao i i Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 342 Dr ay Tek 806 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypi Welcome ta Darwin Vigorla dra
6. 22 As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Internet Dray Tek Destined to 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any Vigor2830 Series User s Guide The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN WANS WAN 1 Private IP MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host oo foo foo Joo foo foo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on DMZ Host for WAN2 and WAN3 is slightly different with WAN1 Active True IP selection is available for WAN only See the following figure NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN WAN2 WA
7. 4 hg AR gt 4 I es died fa s Ay ADSL2 Security Firewall Aa Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V1 01 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide ii Dr ay Te k Vigor2830 Series ADSL2 Security Firewall User s Guide Version 1 01 Firmware Version V3 3 6 1 Date 23 12 2010 Dray Te k iii Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2010 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp e Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair
8. Index Status Name a 1 T77 E x x faa 4 x vr 5 x faa G x faa x vi g x fara J x eas 10 x vr 11 x faa 12 x faa 13 x oe 14 x vi i 15 x fara 16 x fares 1 x vf 16 x fares 19 fae 2U x vf el x fares Ze faa 23 x fares 24 x vi 25 x fae 26 x TPT B ef x TT 20 x faa 24 x fara e When you finish the mode and profile selection please click Next to open the following page VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Connection Setting Security ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest Throughput ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest 1 L2TP over IPSec 1 PPTP None Encryption 2 IPSec 2 L2TF 3 PPTP Encryption 3 IPSec 4 L TP 4 L2TF over IPSec 5 PPTP None Encryption 5 PPTP Encryption Select VPN Type PPTP None Encryption w PPTP None Encryption PPTP Encryption IPSec LTP LATP over Pec Nice ta Have LATP over IPSec Must In this page you have to select suitable VPN type for the VPN client profile There are six types provided here Different type will lead to different configuration page After making the choices for the client profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection s you made Dray Tek 207 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide When you choose PPTP None Encryption or PPTP Encryption you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client PPTP N
9. Password a Type of YPN PPTP CL2TP IPSec Tunnel COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 5 3 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction a ca Others eae mikes 1 2 3 Control Statistics WANI Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN2 Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN3 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN 1 2 3 Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction Dray Te k 317 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable
10. The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter Please contact your system administrator for further information Powered by Draytek Strict Security Checking All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall settings configured by Vigor router if Strict Security Firewall is enabled If the firewall system does not have any response pass or block for these packets such as no response coming from Anti Spam server then the router s firewall will block the packets directly In addition you can restrict the strict security checking just be done by specified server and conditions such as Anti Virus Anti Spam In Sequence and APP Enforcement Thus the packets not only must be filtered by general rules by Firewall but also must be filtered by the items selected in Strict Security Checking Such work can ensure the data security transferring via network APP Enforcement Check this box to execute the critical checking for all the files transferred via IM P2P Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 154 Dray Te k Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call
11. Pd lt lt 120 21 40 41 60 Status vw Active x Inactive Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Dial Out Account Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default 238 Loop through None None None None None None None None None None None None acp Secure Phone Status Number mae None None None None None K O X W X None None x None None x x None x None x x None Dray Tek VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Secure Phone Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Secure Phone Dray Tek Ta eS 1112 fwd pulver com None ZRTP SRTP ER Click this to enable this entry The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If c
12. Show Chart WANI Bandwidth i Refresh 56 ae Ts Kbps a RX Kbps The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 WAN3Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 300 Dray Te k 4 16 9 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through Unspecified Protocol Host IP Address Result Clear Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want to ping through Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Dray Tek 301 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 16 10 Web Firewall Syslog Such page provides real time syslog and displays the information on the screen For Web Syslog This page displays the time and message for User Fi
13. 12 LJPhonei LJ Phonez Ri success registered on SIP serwer fail to register on SIP server NAT Traversal Setting SIP PING Interval 150 sec Index Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Profile Display the profile name of the account Domain Realm Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Proxy Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Account Name Display the account name of SIP address before Ring Port Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call Set Phone ISDN1 SO or ISDN TE as the default ring port for the SIP account If you choose Phone or ISDN1 S0O the ISDN2 TE selection will be dimmed vice versa There are ten internal Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 246 Dray Tek Status STUN Server External IP SIP PING interval lines with numbers 30 39 offered for ISDN SO You can specify any one of them as ring port for specified SIP account By the way ISDN SO can be used by mapping with MSN numbers Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server Type in the gateway IP address The default value is 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support Click any index link to access into the following page for configuring SIP account
14. Activate my Account 9 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm Thank for your register in VigorPra Web Site The Register process is completed Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 334 Dray Tek 10 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN ena Auth Code Thel l4hei1C lf you cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MWyVider Account If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service BEG 3 597 2727 of jidra email to webmasteri ek com Create an account now 11 Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into My Vigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 5 7 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site 1 Access into http myvigor draytek com Find the line of Not registered yet Then click the link Click here to access into next page Dray Tek fi Home About Us Product My Information MyVigor website replaces the VigorPro site as DrayTek
15. Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Dray Tek 79 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 6 USB Application USB storage disk connected on Vigor router can be regarded as a server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN WAN can access write and read data stored in USB storage disk with different applications After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt USB User Management on the client software Then the client can use the FTP site USB storage disk or share the Samba service through Vigor router USB Application 3 6 1 USB General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection default charset for FTP server and enable Samba service At present the Vigor router can support USB storage disk with formats of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB diskette into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB storage disk is FAT16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 Masirnum 6 Default Charset Default Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Enable Disable NetBios Name Service Note 1 If Charset is set to
16. By the way you can set up to 40 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification 4 9 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications 4 9 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 2
17. Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Applications gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dray Tek 103 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Details Page for MPoA in WAN1 MPOA is a specification that enables ATM services to be integrated with existing LANs which use either Ethernet token ring or TCP IP protocols The goal of MPOA is to allow different LANs to send packets to each other via an ATM backbone To use MPoA as the accessing protocol of the Internet select MPoA from the WAN gt gt Internet Access gt gt WANI page The following web page will appear WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE PPPoA MP oA RFC1483 2684 Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings WAM IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically DSL Modem Settings F Router N Vigor o Multi P C channel Channel 2 Digs Ne igor 1483 Bridged IP LLE o Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address Encapsulation PI IP Address ZI Modulation Multimode AEREI Doo e i co 4 4 Gateway IP Address WAN Connec
18. LJ Education Cl Health amp Medicine Personal Sites C Religion Cl Translators Cl Greeting cards Parked Domains Enable Activate white black list function for such profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the group or object profile as the content of white black list Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action 186 Dray Tek Log None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog 4 8 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Ba
19. VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register wia SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Ys 11 char max C Call without Registration 683 char ma 683 char ma C Act as outbound proxy Display Name P 23 char max Account Number Name 63 char max C Authentication ID Password Expiry Time 683 char ma 68 char max MAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Prefer Codec Packet Size Voice Active Detector Profile Name Register via Dray Tek ClPhone 1 Phone 2 3 7240A 6 okbps w Single Codec Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without Registration Choosing Auto is recommended 247 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Vigor2830 Series User s Guide The system will select a proper way for your VoIP call Mone Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The def
20. more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility General Setting Avto launch when Windows start up Advance Setting C Disable Radio Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Remember mini status position C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 802 11b gn 24GH v C Set mini status always on top Frequency C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel l1 v C Group Roaming rete Power Save Mode Disable Tx Burst Disable WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Tx Burst Enable Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site
21. A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access VPN and Remote Access 4 10 1 VPN Client Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN client Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial out connection from server to client step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment LAn to Lan VPN Client Mode Selection Route Mlode Please choose a L MN to LAN Profile Index Status Hame Note For a typical LAN to LAN tunnel please select Route Mode If the remote network is expecting only a single client or ip and is not configured to route the subnet and then select NAT mode If in doubt then select Route Mode z Back Mext gt Finis Cancel LAN to LAN Client Mode Choose the client mode Selection Route Mode NAT Mode If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose this mode otherwise please choose Route Mode Route Mode MAT Mode Please choose a There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set LAN to LAN Profile Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 206 Dr ay Te k
22. ADSL Security Firewall 2 a 4 OSL GigaLANe 1 ee WANZ Giga use Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu Wireless access point is ready It will blink slowly while wireless traffic goes through If ACT and WLAN LEDs blink quickly and simultaneously when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within 2 minutes The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Slowly The DSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is tranning The WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while an attack is detected The VPN tunnel is active The QoS function is active The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Dray Tek Wireless LAN 2830n Cm Wr scurity Fir
23. Dray Tek Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test In the DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic ONS Setup Setto Factory Default Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Force Update Auto Update interval 14400 Mines 1 144005 Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active 1 WAL First H Z WARK T First W g WANI First A Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable DDNS function Setup Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings 197 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display if this account is active or inactive View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login
24. IPCP Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Modulation Default setting is Multimode Choose the one that fits the requirement of your router Multimode v Modulation 71 413 5 Lite 5 OMT ADSLATS So 3 ADSL annex hy ADSLA 6 9972 5 ADSL2 annex My Multimode The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet through such direction For Wired LAN If you check this box PCs on the same network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet For Wireless LAN If you check this box PCs on the same wireless network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet Note To have PPPoA Pass through please choose PPPoA protocol and check the box es here The router will behave like a modem which only serves the PPPoE client on the LAN That s the router will offer PPPoA dial up connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to typ
25. Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Mlore Settings in Router B in the remote office Cy 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP PAP of CHAP v When DHCP Disable set Authentication Assigned IP range 192 168 2 200 Dial In PPP Encryption r MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No OK For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP VIDES Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic 309 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and R
26. The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protoc
27. Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 16 In Out 0 0 o O 0 0 pe Dray Tek Vigor2830 Series gt 4 a DrayTek ADSL2 Secunty Firewall ne we System Status Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor2830Vn Online Status Firmware Version 3 36 1 Build Date Time Oet 20 2000 12 18 08 WAN o O LAN LAN NAT MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Applications LANA 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 Wireless LAN LANZ 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 USE Application LANS g 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 5 8 8 8 System Maintenance LAN 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 108 7 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 5 8 8 8 Diagnostics IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 5 8 8 8 Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version S510 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe 2 2 0 7 DrayTek WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WANT Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 PPPoE SE S WANZ Connected 00 50 7F 00 00 02 Static IP 172 16 3 102 172 186 1 1 WAN3 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 AN Rights rri ed WYolF Port Profile Reg In Out Phone Mo 0 0 ISDN1 50 He oo ISBN2 TE N l oro e Main screen for user mode operation simple configuration Note The home page will change slightly in accordance with the type of the router you have 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password User Password System Maintenance
28. Y 1f 2 16 35 229 J Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Network Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to Settings obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 52 Dr ay Te k Details Page for PPP in WAN3 To use PPP for 3G USB Modem as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPP mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 3 3G Modem Enable Disable Modem Initial String AT amp FEOVIATED2Z amp C150 0 Default AT amp FEOV1X1 amp D2 amp C1S0 0 Modem Initial String Modem Dial String Default ATDT 992 PPP Username Pd Optional PPP Password 0 ption ay PPP Authentication WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect TIL Enable Disable
29. and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Add Type the MAC address in the boxes and click this button to add Delete Click it to delete the selected MAC address Edit Click it to edit the selected MAC address Cancel Click it to cancel the job of adding deleting and editing Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt Static Route Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status 1 EFE 7 6 TTY F 2 TTT 7 i TTF 7 ae gfe T g E F 4 TTT T 5 TTT T 5 TTT T 10 PTT F Status v Active Inactive 7 Empty Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page Destination Address Status Viewing Routing Table Vigor2830 Series User s Guide to set up static route Displays the destination address of the static route Displays the status of the static route Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected 5 static R RIP default private a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 216 3
30. another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBgjCCARMCAQAWOTELMAkGALUEBhMCVFCXxEDAO Base64 Encoded BgkqhkiGSwOBCQEWEXByZXNzOGRyYX1OZWsuY29t Certificate Request AFGNADCBiQKBgGQDOYB7 wmZFEFHNG TeQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 hX4bp89cUF9d1LoACGGiM tcBOckde ZaPFFVIXcP3 x GOATCTvO fQzpxroCwlJTjL5j50 Bn9v50951G Y lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS
31. gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Or System Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password OK 5 Enter the login password the default is blank on the field of Old Password Type New Password Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Dray Tek 17 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 2 4 Quick Start Wizard g Notice Quick Start Wizard for user mode operation is the same as for admin f mode operation If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters old password vee sd New Password we Confirm Password wes On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface that you use If DSL interface is used please choose WAN if Ethernet interface is used please choose WAN2 if 3G USB modem is used please choose WAN3 Then click Next for next step Vigor2830 Series User s
32. s Guide 134 Dray Te k 4 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status 1 2 3 4 aie G f g 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection Dray Tek 135 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide NAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAL IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automat
33. the Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List Default Ports User Defined Ports Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Dray Tek Trap Timeout seconds Type in the router name provided by ISP Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FTP servers Check it to enable this function Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public 289 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is
34. the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN ISDN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 236 Dray Tek Dray Tek Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below Alice Bob sip alicem draytel com sip bobmdraytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know you
35. 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the ADSL interface to the external ADSL splitter with an ADSL line cable for all models For Vigor2830Vn also connect Line interface to external ADSL splitter LINE MODEM Line DSL 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to one of the LAN ports of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer 3 Connect the telephone set with phone lines for using VoIP function For the model without phone ports skip this step 4 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel 6 The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking For the hardware connection we take Vn model as an example Analog Phone Analog Phone Land line jack POTS Cable DSL Modem Power Adapler k Madia Convartar O ADSL Splitter or Ti Analog 4 Phone hg Adapter hal i us Phone Line Microfilter r2830Vn Peai Frasa 1 1 ro TT a a al 1 GigpelAH 7 a Fy ua Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 8 Dray Tek 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharin
36. AA 2 ci hinet E Create a new connection oe Disconnected 9 Set up a home or small m WAN Miniport PPPOE Internet Gateway office network Status Connected Dial up Duration 00 19 06 See Also TA ii Speed 100 0 Mbps va Disconnected 1 Network Troubleshoot JL Network Troubleshooter di i DrayTek ISDN PPP Rani Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway wd a ya G Control Panel IP Broadband Connection on lt Router 4 My Network Places sane Packet Eo My Documents Sent 404 fad ig My Computer Recened 1 115 EBG _ LAN or High Speed Internet Cee i Properties Local Area Connection Enabled aes Realtek RTL139 810x Family Details Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application a TIP Broadband Connection on Router Properties Ed x General Connect to the Internet using a3 IP Broadband Connection on Aouter Advanced Settings Services Select the services running on your network that Internet users can ACCESS Ftp Example menmegr 192 169 29 11 131 35 60654 UDP menmegr 1592 16
37. Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Type the name and click Apply Modem Initial String2 The initial string 1 is shared with APN In some cases users may need another initial AT command to restrict 3G band or do any special settings Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is Detection alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to Dray Tek 53 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command After finishing all the settings here please click OK t
38. Disable Click this button to disable such profile Type the username for FTP Samba users for accessing into FTP server USB storage disk Be aware that users cannot access into USB storage disk in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Note FTP Passive mode is not supported by Vigor Router Please disable the mode on the FTP client Type the password for FTP Samba users for accessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Type the password again to make confirmation It determines the folder for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB storage disk In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB diskette Note When write protect status for the USB diskette is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case You can click to open the following dialog to add any new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder 3 http 192 168_1 5 doc ftpuserfo
39. Display the number of the data flow IP Address Display the IP address of the monitored device TX rate kbps Display the transmission speed of the monitored device RX rate kbps Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Sessions Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Action Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes Page Refresh bps Sessions Action a Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column Page Refresh Sessions Action blocked 299 Unblock Current Peak Speed Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WAN interface Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Speed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General Setup If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead Dray Tek 299 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 16 8 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WANI WAN2 WAN3 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WANT Bandwidth Daily Refresh Mines 1 Refresh WAN Bandwidth WANG Bandwidth Sessions a Ts Kbps a EX Kbps Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph
40. Edit Remove Administration Message Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Click this button to activate the function of limit session Click this button to close the function of limit session Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Defines the start IP address for limit session Defines the end IP address for limit session Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Type the words which will be displayed when reaches the 188 Dray Tek Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 4 8 2 Bandwidth Limit maximum number of Internet sessions permitted You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In th
41. F bat Cl gif LJ pic Ol mow C wmv C au C vox E jar E jtk E axs Ll bzip2 Cl zip Cl com C jpeg LJ pict C mpe Cl 3gp Ol mp3 O waw O jav O bz 2 C jpg Ll png Cl mpeg Ll 3gpp Ol m4a O wma O java Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 7 4 7 CSM Profile Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management APP Enforcement Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from
42. General Setup Advance Setting Codepaqge ANSIT252 Latin Window Size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCH after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box Fi DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 197 166 1 1 z HAN Information WANI IP Fixed lva 162 215 LAN Status Tx Packets Rx Packets waz IP Fixed 26459 15265 Tool Setup Telnet Read out Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE O90 ANSIWEM Traditional Chinese Big O0al 21 00a6 7c 00963 OQaa 61 O0ad 2d 00ae 52 O0b2 32 00bF 33 O0b9 31 Obst Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources Dray Tek 147 Vigor2830 S
43. Guide 18 Dray Te k Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WANT Physical Mode ADSL Physical Type WANI WAN2 and WAN3 will bring up different configuration page Refer to the following for detailed information 2 4 1 For WANT Choose WAN and click Next to display the following page Please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Protocol Encapsulation PPPoE LLC SNAP Fixed IP Oves NolDynamic IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS UH Second ONS PPPoE LLGSMAF w PPPoE LLC SNAP PPPoE WC MUX PPPoA LLC SNAP PPPoA WC MUX 1463 Bridged IP LLC 1463 Routed IP LLC 1403 Bridged IP VC Mux 1403 Routed IP vC hux IPoA 1403 Bridged IP PoE Dray Tek 19 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 2 4 1 1 PPPoE PPPoE PPPoA PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider wil
44. IP Address Assignment Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time Method IPCP you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using a WAH IE Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer Sieh WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 1f 2 16 45 229 Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 48 Dray Te k Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP in WAN2 For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL
45. IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence 6 IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AP Classe Low Drop AP Class hledcium Drop AF Classe High Drop AF Classa Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Classs High Drop AP Class4 Low Drop AP Class4 Medium Drop AF Class4 High Drop EF Class RTP TOS 250 Dray Tek Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt Phone Settings Phone Call Feature Default SIP Account C Hotline L Session Timer sec C T 38 Fax Function een To ISDN Dial for VoIP FS OT vor Dial for ISDN Time Out sec C DND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup L FLAC ILI Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored C Play dial tone only when account registered Default Call Route Index 1 60 in Phone Book as Exception List C CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Hotline Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Session Timer Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically Call Forwarding There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding functio
46. ISP Modulation Drop down the list to choose a proper modulation for the router Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection 45 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide RIP Protocol Bridge Mode WAN IP Network Settings Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI1 only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog hitp 192 168 1 1 WANUIP Alias Microsoft Intenet Explor
47. Internet For Wireless LAN If you check this box PCs on the same wireless network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in
48. MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 4 13 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connection viaWPS P 4 a oe on ee ee ee M Station Set SSID and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 lt u gt PIN Code Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 264 Dray Te k On the side of Vigor 2830 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card WLAN Card Stet PBC If yo
49. MyYVigor my vigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyYigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the items without any reasons tt is E Preterences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use My Vvigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service t means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using MyVigor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service be DUL BOT Lae AL UCOLLCEL G ake information here Dra mmi DS PATI AG PAUSE OLLE ETT Wale Mi have read and understand the above Agreement Use the scroll barto view the entire agreement Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 332 Dr ay Te k 5 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile Fiekis marked by are required Check Account Account Information reement laa C UserName Mary 3 20 characters Password hearse 4 20 chatacters Do not set the same as the usemname Confirm Password lesco Personal In
50. Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface WANI First Service Provider dyndns arg www dyndns org k Service Type Login Name tax 23 characters Password max 23 characters O wildcards C Backup Mx Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable the current account If you did Account check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WAN Interface WANI WAN2 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WANS as the first channel for such account If WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WANS Only While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 WAN3 as the only channel for such account WANT First WAM First Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 198 Dray Tek Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account Service Type Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Domain Name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain Wildcard and Backup The Wildcard and Backup MX features are no
51. Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports Nortel solution you can choose this option Set Phone and or Phone 2 as the default ring port s for this SIP account 248 Dray Tek Ring Pattern Packet Size Voice Active Detector 4 12 3 Phone Settings Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pattern The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone 1 and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have VoIP gt Phone Settings Phone List Refresh Seconds Call Gain Default SIP DTKIF mee Parm Feature caet none Mic Speaker Account Relay 1 Phonel CW CT G 72ga a Ser 5 5 InBand ena Defined 2 Phone CW CT G 72agava Ser 5 5 InBand Defined RTP C Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End RTP TOS Dray Tek 15000 IP precedence 5 w fioo K N N O Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Phone List RTP Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Port there are two phone ports provided here for you to configure Pho
52. PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Dial In PPP Encryption Optional MPPE This option represents that the MPPE MPPE encryption method will be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional MPPE S Optional MPPE Require MPPEMON 26 bit Maximum MPPEM 2s bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you
53. Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 2 4 2 2 PPTP L2TP If you click PPTP L2TP you will get the following page Please type in all the information originally provided by your ISP Quick Start Wizard LTP Client Mode WAN 2 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and L2TP server IP provided by your ISP WAN IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address Subnet Mask L2TP Server fo Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAR Interface WAKE Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access L2TP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 24 Dray Tek Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 2 4 2 3 Static IP If you click Static IP you will get the following page Please type in the IP address information originally provided by your ISP Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAN 2 Enter the Static IP configuration provided by your ISP WARN IP 1F2 16 5 102 Subnet Mask
54. User s Guide calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone 244 Dray Tek Do Not Disturb Act Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Do Not Distrub Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Hide caller ID Act Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote end Hide caller ID Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Call Waiting Act Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Call Waiting Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Anonymous Act Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Block Anonymous Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming Act calls from unknown domain Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Deact Block IP Calls Act Dial the number typed in this filed to block all the incoming calls from IP address Block IP Calls Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Last Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call PSTN Setup Some emergency phone e g 911 or special
55. WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect 3 1 3 Internet Access For the router supports multi WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 WAN3 for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode for WAN interface the Access Mode for these connections also varies Refer to the following figures WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI ADSL PPPoE PPPoA w Details Page WANE Ethernet DDD DE PPPoA Details Page WANS USB MP oa RFC 4035 2604 WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI ADSL PPPoE PPPoA v Details Page WALZ Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP r Details Page WAN USB Lone PPPoE atatic ar Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI ADSL PPPoE PPPoA a Details Page WARS Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP vw Details Page wana use 2 as Index Display the WAN interface Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN1I ADSL WAN2 Dray Tek i Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Ethernet WAN3 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Access Mode
56. _ EFS Recovery Agent Attributes Uer IPSEC Offline request Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Web Server Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and Dray Te k 327 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TWyrO Draytek emailaddress Mot Valid Yet GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MITBQICCARMC ADAWOTELHARGALUEBHNCYFCHEDACBRGNVEAGTBORYYS1LOZWsx ID de BokqHEIGOWOBCQEWESERyYZsN2zOGRyYAlLOeWsuYe SCM IGLMADGCS GAGs Ins DOERAGUA L4GNADCBAiQKBGODP ioahu gF OaYBlceSOERSD WknIdub lolktScTaLUDaFkesad SubegytoViLBJ 22 IDFOx eb6iprevleituylsgq4lgz60k rGhuVTKd9 76PlernkP Aus4te253 ct UbBaAND4wocevms yD IShHLAIAEVYPUpNRYIroTe Re RkRMAaAHEVpYpwiDsoib oCkudJwYdJ Eo lhvcN AgkOMNRowsDAWwRGQnVHREEDs NgqqtkemF Sd6Vr LilvhTanbgkg HeiGIWORBAQUF ALOBQOaUuSBRUGtAVLAASN6 AwToemlt thew Evg tTkFleTJibh URLG4CiEi 6nvV4hNRytex2pEfbstar SqRREreseRooedeol45560ec
57. as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use Encryption Mode 64 Bit Dray Tek 77 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 5 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Policy MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Client s MAC Address i i Attribute Enable Access Control Select to enable the MAC Address access control feature Policy Select to enable any one of the following policy Choose Activate MAC address filter to type in the MAC addresses for other clients in the network manually Choose Isolate WLAN from LAN will separate all the WLAN stations from LAN based on the MAC Address list Policy Activate MAC address filter k Activate MAC address filter Isolate WLAN from LAN MAC Address Filt
58. black list or only let them be able to connect by inserting their MAC addresses into a white list In the Access Control web page users may configure the white black list modes used by each SSID and the MAC addresses applied to their lists Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter Fl SSID i J SSID 2 O SSID 2 CO SSID 4 MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Apply SSID Client s MAC Address Apoly SSID O ssin1 O ssip2 O ssing O SSID 4 Attribute C s Isolate the station from LAN Enable Mac Address Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN Filter identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Dray Tek 263 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client Apply SSID After entering the client s MAC address check the box of the SSIDs desired to insert this MAC address into their access control list Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected
59. default only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting ta 1 to get better performance 3 4 workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a hast name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following lt gt 7 General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connection This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage diskette at one time Default Charset At present Vigor router supports three types of character sets default GB2312 and BIGS Default ha Detault 562312 BIGGS Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 80 Dray Te k Default Charset is for English based file name For Simplified Chinese file directory names please choose GB2312 for Traditional Chinese file directory names choose BIGS Samba Service Settings Click Enable to invoke samba service via the router NetBios Name Service For the NetBios service of USB storage disk you have to specify a workgroup name and a host name A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name can have as many as 15 characters and the host name can have as many as 23 characters Both them cannot con
60. dha dl Details Page Display all of the LAN items Basically LAN status is enabled in default LAN2 LAN3 LAN3 and IP Routed Subnet can be observed by checking the box of Status LANI is configured with DHCP in default If required please check the DHCP box for each LAN Display the IP address for each LAN item Such information is set in default and you can not modify it Click it to access into the setting page Each LAN will have different LAN configuration page Each LAN must be configured in different subnet Click Details Page to open the following page LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration For WAT Usage IP Address Subnet Mask FIF Protocal Control IP Address Subnet Mask Vigor2830 Series User s Guide DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server 132 168 1 1 Relay Agent Enable Disable 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 IF Pool Counts i m Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent ONS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 58 Dray Tek RIP Protocol Control Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the excha
61. discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests 156 Dray Tek Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Block Ping of Death Dray Tek coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malici
62. draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Link Type 64k bps Username PPP Authentication PAP CHAP VJ Compression on Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key P 2 l i K fs Digital Signature x 509 m m HIEP f IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Mo Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Dray Tek Link Type 64k bps Username Password CO PPF Authentication VJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key TO Digital Signature X 509 ne IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup ab
63. end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 136 Dray Tek will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Allow management fram the Internet C FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server Cl SSH Server Disable PING fram the Internet Access List List IP Subnet Mask 4 3 2 DMZ Host Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default HTTP Port Default HTTPS Port Default FTP Port Default SSH Port Default SNMP Setup C Enable SNMP Agent Manager Host IP Trap Community Notification Host IP Trap Timeout seconds 23 80 443 21
64. every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 1 1n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 256 Dray Tek Internet SSID Draytek Chan
65. every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located c
66. filter and one set for data filter to execute first Foewell General Setup General Semp Caner Sahip eta Hole Call Files E Enable Start Fitar Set cet C Disable Data Filisi Enable Sart fiver Set Salit 2 Firewall Filler Setup D Disable Fl Accept lange incoming fragmented UDP or POMP packets d for some games ox C3 Filar Setup Seo Fanan Detaul El Enable Strict Secunty Firewall Comments Sel Commonts laut Call Fitter T jefault Data Filter jN EA ii LEA i Firewall Filter Setup Edit Filled Set Filter Set 1 ay Flreweall gt Calle Filter Seo gt Edit Filter Rale Comments Defauh Call E Cement Move Up Meve own T ilt T R Slick Hethi ies Filter Set 1 Mule 1 FF Check to enable the Filter Boule 2 uP Devan Comments Block Merb 1 r I Down L 2 ue Madea l 11 im Selelale Setup ja B up Dowen l 5 a uP Dawi Direction LAHR TAE N 2 VAAN w P Source a E E uP nwt curios P Ary Ed F Destination be Any _ 00 Service Type TEPADP Por bom 137 133 io undaimed Eda Moot Filter Se a i SS Fragenants Dini Care ok J o cea _Cancet_ Application Acthow Profile Syslog Filter Pass Eho Further Miach Branch to Other filter Sar None Secor Conbral oo S000 CJ MAC Bind jP Norn Simet halite of Sardes Mone M El Load fatance policy Auto Select CJ User Management Hioni O APP Enlace rie ret Hone k o UAL Canten Filter None w Web Contant Filles Hiii b
67. for user mode on the window and click Login on the window 3 Now the Main Screen will appear Vigor2 830 Series ADSL Security Firewall Auto Logout System Status Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigerz830Vn Service Activation Wizard Firmware Version 13 43 61 Online Status Build Date Time Oct 20 2010 12 18 08 WAN LAN LAN MAC Address IP Address NAT LANI 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 Firewall LAN2 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 User Management LAN 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 Objects Setting LAN4 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 7 1 CSM IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 Bandwidth Management Applications VPH and Remote Access Wireless LAN Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 Firmware Vers 2 2 0 7 Connection IP Address i MAC Address Frequency Domain Cerificate Management raat ee 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe Wireless LAN z USB Application WAN System Maintenance Link Status MAC Address Diagnostics WANI Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 PPPoE WAN Connected 00 50 7F 00 00 02 Static IP WANS Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 ER Product Registration VolP Port Profle Phone ISDN1 50 ISDN2 T Dray Tek DHCP Server DNS Wes 8 8 8 8 Yes 8 8 8 8 Yes 8 8 8 8 as 8 8 8 8 Wes 8 8 8 8 10m 5510 DrayTek Default Gateway L72 16 3 102 172 16 1 1 Reg Mo N _No Main screen for admin mode operation full configuration
68. get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2830 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to 271 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide AckPolicy 4 13 9 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor the Wi Fi WMM standard specification Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Scan to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List Scan Statistics Vigor2830
69. in Schedule Setup iz Note Wildcard is supported Enable Click this to enable this entry Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number specific URVURL Specific URVURL Specific Number Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected for Specific Number barring Type Route All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 5 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 242 Dray Te k VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous Enable Route C Phonei Phone Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknown
70. is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Dray Tek Wireless LAN ONOF FWP S Factory Reset Interface K Vigor2830Vn ADSL Security Firewall PWR ON uo ao u o u ca ie ez i Fa A E I OFF 2 3 4 DSL USB GigaLAN 1 WAN2 Giga Description Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS Factory Reset Phone 1 2 Line GigaLAN 1 4 DSL WAN2 Giga USB PWR ON OFF Dray Tek Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to wait for client device making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button twice to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Connecter for analog phone s Connector for PSTN life line Connecters for local networked devices Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 Connecters for remote networked devices Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer Connecter for a power adapter Power Switch 7 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide
71. name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box l K 3 a Eyong Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in ODIEENS this box 4 6 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 5 2 6 J 4 8 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 174 Dray Te k Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Objects Setting gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Categories Image Select All Clear All Video Select All Clear All Audio Select All Clear All Select All Java Clear All Activex Select All Clear All Compression Select All Clear All Executation Select All Clear All File Extensions L bmp Ll pect Pl asf E gt F aac Fl ra C class C jse C alx C viv ace C rar L bas C ser Cl dib LJ pex Ol avi C rm E aiff C ram L jad E jsp E apb C vrm LJ arj M sit
72. nee oneness ace eto0ssiiga aaeain EE EEA 78 1 HOM E cpeneasaavancsancance iene ssastanearecdateaveud auceuneuasucanerseieaseaasnetaesumttesgatiateedaieatensssearenagaie 79 3 6 USB APICATA 80 3 6 1 USB General SeMNgS sisremare ia aE EEEE EEEN 80 3 6 2 USB User Manageme n cccccccccccccececsesseseeeeeeeceeeeeseceeeesaeeeseeeceeeessseeaseeeeeseeseaseeeeeeees 81 36 3 File ONO esiseina er RAE E sas a vices deubtessates oxaiemeatanedouiaaes EE 83 3 6 4 USB Disk Status cc2eeceieccnsecnascnsbecedacesetesalgsetesaustcnce tadendoeh osedoueecsa tetas dstueed leeeussalendeecusseentes 83 36 9 SySl09g E 8 0 sidste ee eee ne ee eee eee een ee ee 84 3 7 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE cccccccccseseeeecceeeeeeeeecaeuececeeeuseeeecsaaueeeeseeaaaeeeeessaaececessageeeessaeeeesseneas 85 Bel NY SION Ot ANS acca e E E E A docgnescanaecnenaeduneacancnsecevonadeseponcieeeuasdnentecneseadaadee 85 Sn WSO 1S SWIG aoa aeadiiutadsdannsasaCodevientejcodinedcdalunk E E 87 ar PIN and IE AUC santesaycrmras datnacsmactoinel a a E Sonsniaoadtuems 87 a7 A TACO OOF O51 NW arisna aE e E aE aa E AEEA OE AE 88 Si DONOSI aee T E T 88 sD MAG Oe e N E se meuouteccenaceomtaeeees 89 3 9 2 Pino IAGO SIS sessao aa Galena iawenhot tae shinics saith 90 So fo wll cc 11 E fete eee rei teen ese eee eee ene eee eee 91 St NAC Ts e S ie E E E sane chads TE cearen tancionkehunweana usa EE wurceananmatianaene 91 Admin Mode Operation ccccccccscssssssscsessssssceessssseeeessesssnee
73. of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP This field is only applicable when
74. of the log items to take down relational records for the user s If such function is enabled a pop up window will be displayed on the screen with time remaining for connection if Idle Timeout is set However the system will update the time periodically to keep the connection always on Thus Idle Timeout will not interrupt the network connection Any user from LAN side or WLAN side tries to connect to Internet via Vigor router must be authenticated by the router first There are three ways offered by the router for the user to choose for authentication Web If it is selected the use can type the URL of the router from any browser Then a login window will be popped up and ask the user to type the user name and password for authentication If succeed a Welcome Message configured in User Management gt gt General Setup will be displayed After authentication the destination URL if requested by the user will be guided automatically by the router Alert Tool If it is selected the user can open Alert Tool and type the user name and password for authentication A window with remaining time of connection for such user will be displayed Next the user can access Internet through any browser on Windows Note that Alert Tool can be downloaded from DrayTek web site Telnet If it is selected the user can use Telnet command to perform the authentication job Time quota means the total connection time allowed by the r
75. office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set aie PAP or CHAP PAP or CHAP Authentication Assigned IP range 192 168 1 200 Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE w MPPE s Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Username id For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Dray Te k 313 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared key Confirm Pre Shared key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES Mapes M AES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Go to Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remot
76. on the USB storage disk USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog Folder n a File n a Page n a Log Type n a Time Log Type Message Time Display the time of the event occurred Log Type Display the type of the record Message Display the information for each event 4 15 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 280 Dr ay Te k 4 15 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigor2830Vn 3 3 6 1 Oct 20 2010 12 16 06 LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS LANI 00 50 7F 00 00 0 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 6 8 6 6 LANZ 00 50 F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 6 8 6 6 LAN S 00 50 F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 3 8 8 3 LAN4 00 50 F 00 00 00 192 168 7 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 6 8 6 6 IP Routed Subnet O00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 6 8 8 8 Wireless LAN MAC Addre
77. only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MoesS Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic IKE Authentication This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node Method LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and PSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 218 Dray Tek IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre S
78. or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Ol Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Auto Update interval 14400 Mincs 1 14400 Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active i WANI First w 2 WAL First W 3 WANI First w Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable DDNS function Setup Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used Domain Name Display the domain name tha
79. prevent SSID from being scanned Long Preamble necessary for some older 802 11b devices only lowers performance OK Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to 11n Only 11g Only Mixed 11b 11g Mixed 11la 11n Mixed 11g 11n and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n Mixed T1b tigt 1 ini In which the transmission rate for 1la can reach 5G for 11b 11g can reach 2 4G SSID Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it Channel Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 74 Dray Te k Packet OVERDRIVE Hide SSID Long Preamble Dray Tek Channel Channelb 243 MHz Auto Channel 1 2412hMHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422MH2 Channel 4 24427 MHz Channel 5 2452hMH2 Channel 6 2437 MHz Channel 7 2442 MH2 Channel 8 2447 MHz Channel 9 24452M1Hz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462 1Hz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40
80. requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please
81. router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to keep alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer
82. s portal site for the latest products and services in network security including Anti Virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter etc The products and functions VigorPro that are supported in this site include VigorPro Unified Security Firewall series e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key e Activation of DT Anti Virus license key e Activation of Kaspersky Anti Virus license key e Activation of Commtouch Anti Spam license key and membership Vigor routers for models that support Commtouch e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key The MyVigor website contains a trail version of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter which allows the users to set filters to block out undesirable web pages in the Internet jungle Please use IE 5 0 or above resolution 1024 768 for best display DrayTek Corp More customer oriented services are planned for MyVigor site for the near future 335 Dray Tek Fo MyVigor s for you pad serene LU renee acos Qbk q Vd If you can t read the AuthCode click here Forget password UL Not registered yet Click here Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 2 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile 1 Agreement EGrerson al Information Draytek provides My Yvigor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreemen
83. s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 60 Dray Tek Below shows the menu items for NAT NAT 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located insid
84. send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Chose one of the subnet selections for such VPN profile This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Check this box to make the authentication with mOTP function PIN Code Type the code for authentication e g 1234 Secret Use the 32 digit secret number generated by mOTP in the mobile phone e g e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6 This group of fields 1s applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or A
85. setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First Log None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Dray Tek 181 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide URL Access Control Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router
86. settings IKE phase 1 mode Main mode E phase 1 proposa DES _MD5_G1 e r p Local 10 IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexit
87. station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Aidid to Access Control Client s MAC address f Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Dray Tek 273 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 14 USB Application USB storage disk connected on Vigor router can be regarded as a server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN can access write and read data stored in USB storage disk with different applications After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt USB User Management on the client software Then the client can use the FTP site USB storage disk or share the Samba service through Vigor router USB Application 4 14 1 USB General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection default charset for FTP server and enable Samba service At present the Vigor router can support USB storage disk with formats of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB storage disk into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB storage disk is FAT16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cann
88. the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway 3 7 2 User Password This page allows you to set new password for user operation system Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password OK Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 3 3 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2010 Apr Frio 5 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address pool ntp arg Time Zone SMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin ha Enable Daylight Saving d Automatically Update Interval Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Dray Tek 87 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time
89. the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable VLANO VLANI VLAN2 VLAN3 VLAN4 VLANS VLAN6 VLAN Enable O ee N p N m N AOOOOOUL VLAN Tag VID LAN Wireless LAN Priority Pi P2 P3 P4 SSIDI SSID2 ID3 SSID4 Subnet NMoooga aaa NMnooaooaoo a a oO Moooaaoi oa 0000 a a 0 O0 Mooo aaa r ooooo 0 a oa nooo aaa 4a 0000 0 0 O0 O0 1 Tag based VLAN only applied for LAN Ports 2 The checked Wireless LAN SSID will not has VLAN tagging function but regarded as joining YLAN group 3 The set YLAN ID YID must be unigue and not duplicate A Note Settings in this page only applied to LAN port but not WAN port VLAN Tag LAN Wireless LAN Subnet Dray Tek Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the LAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by LAN Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag VID Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 P1 P4 Check the LAN port s to be grouped under the selected VLAN SSID1 SSID4 Check the SSID box es for the wireless clients to be grouped under the
90. the more efficiently the Vigor router performs 182 Dray Tek gt Group Object Edit Windows Internet Explorer http 192 168 1 1 docicfkweob hin Object Group Edit Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web p
91. the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address S Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status AA Broadband Network Tasks inet E Create a new connection ra Disconnected 9
92. to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable Match Prefix Mode OP Number Min Len Max Len Route 5063 PSN W K 30o O jie e soD e e EBL 4 jie e vol Je p eof jp p of es ee 0 of jp p Note Min Len and Max Len should be between O 25 Enable Check this box to invoke this setting Match Prefix It is used to match with the number you dialed and can be modified with the OP Number by the mode add strip or replace Mode None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VolP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with SS6 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of O31111111 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 240 Dray Tek OP Number Min Len Max Len Route Call Barring will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to S
93. type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it 1s valid only when the peer also supports this function This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSDU A MSDU Operation Mode Dray Tek Mixed Mode Green Field 20 20 40 long auto Disable Enable OK Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 1 1n standards However 269 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11 g or 802 11b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1la b g Channel Bandwidth 20 the router will us
94. use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please click the Static or Dynamic IP tab The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Enable Disable Keep WAN Connection C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP PING Interval WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL RIF Protocol C Enable RIP Enable Disable Keep WAN Connection WAN Connection Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Static or Dynamic IP D minutegs ARP Detect PPTP WAN IP Network Settings __YWANIP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Router Mame Domain Name Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address lao Eo rr Hoo oo o2 DONS Server IP Address Primary IP Address 166 95 1 1 li Secondary IP Address Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections 1f there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Inte
95. viewing detailed configuration Dray Te k 211 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 10 2 VPN Server Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN server Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial in connection from client to server step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment YPN Server Mode Selection site to site VPN LAN to LAN ka Please choose a LAM to LAN Profile Index Status Name w Please choose a Dial in User Accounts Allowed Dial in Type PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy VPN Server Mode Choose the direction for the VPN server Selection Site to Site VPN To set a LAN to LAN profile automatically please choose Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN site to Site y P il LAN to LAN i Remote Dial in User Teleworker Please choose a This item is available when you choose Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN Profile LAN to LAN as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 212 Dray Te k Index Status Name a 1 H T77 F 2 E TTY 4 x rr 5 TTY TTY E rr g E TTY J TTY 10 x ve 11 faa 12 TTY 13 TT 14 E rr 7 15 TTY 16 fates 1 x rr 1
96. with physical mode of Ethernet WAN gt General Setup WAN Enable Yes Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Auto negotiation Line Speed kKbps iT jj DownLink UpLink VLAN Tag insertion Disable Tag value bo O 4095 Priority oe OF Active Mode Backup WAM Cancel Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Display Name Type the description for such WAN interface Physical Mode Display the physical mode of such WAN interface Physical type You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Dray Tek 97 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Line Speed VLAN Tag insertion Active Mode Backup WAN Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Auto negotiation 10M half duplex 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by WANI Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Typ
97. you to set the connecting rate of data output for Bandwidth WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Reserved Bandwidth It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of Ratio reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Enable UDP Bandwidth Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right Control field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth Outbound TCP ACK The difference in bandwidth between download and upload are Prioritize great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic Limited_bandwidth Ratio The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Dr ay Tek 193 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit l
98. 0 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 Bandwidth Management Applications z VPH and Remote Access Certificate Management MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version 5510 VoIP 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe 2 207 DrayTek Wireless LAN USB Application WAN System Maintenance Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Diagnostics WANI Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 PPPoE ee WAN Connected 00 50 7F 00 00 02 State IF 172 16 3 102 172 16 1 1 WANS Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 Product Registration VoIP Port Profile Reg In Out z Phone No 0 0 ISDN1 S0 Ne 0 0 ISON2 TE Ne 0 0 e 4 1 WAN Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain ad
99. 1 1 domain Pr udp HLen 20 TLen 75 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 294 Dray Tek 4 16 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey C connected 5 static R RIF default private 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 35 1 Waly 1 C 192 168 1 0 255 2455 255 0 is directly connected LAM T 172 16 3 0 255 255 255 0 18 directly connected WANI Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh IF Address Mic Address 192 166 1 10 OO OE 6 24 D5 al Lv2 16 35 112 QO 40 Ci 68 56 Ba 172 16 5 1352 OO0 O5 SD E4 ED 66 IF 16 3 20 O0 OD 60 6F 83 BC Lv2 16 35 1lel1 QO OC 6E EV Y9 99 ioe bow Lad O0 11 2F cC7 39 08 17 16 3 133 dd s 7FF 3 4D E1 iF 16 3 1179 dd 1iil zF 45 15 Fz2 IF 16 3 21 O0 O05 5D 481 256 FF iF 16 3 2 OO 11 Ds 68 0D aE 172 16 35 16 OO0 SO0 FC 2F 3D 17 Le 16 3 151 O0 50 7F 2F 33 FF 1v2 1
100. 2 x 31 777 x 16 777 x 32 777 x Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 224 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name 22 Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout 300 secondis YPN Dial Out Through WANI First C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block PING to the IP OoOo Multicast via YPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type B4k bps IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy PPP Authentication PAP CHAP V Server IP Host Name for YPN Y Compression on off such as 5551234 draytek cam or 123 45 67 89 Po IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature
101. 2 0 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup J R1Sv420 DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Sed DrayTek com CN 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 7 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Uperade Utility 3 5 1 Time Gukt Sec Router IP Bo Pork Firmware File Password 8 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 9 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Firmware Upezade tility 3 5 1 Saks Time Guk Sec Router IP 192 1681 J Pork Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie m Password Dray Te k 323 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 10 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time OutiSec j Router IP 192 160 1 1 Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings C arrie al Password Sending 11 Now the firmware update is finished Using Web Page The web page a
102. 255 255 0 0 Gateway 172 156 1 1 Primary DNS 166 95 1 1 Secondary DNS optional m Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAR Interface WAZ Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Dray Tek 25 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 2 4 2 4 DHCP If you click DHCP you will get the following page Simply click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAN 2 If your ISP requires you to enter a specific host name or specific MAC address please enter it in Host Name optional MAC 50 FF Jo oo 02 Koptional Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAR Interface WARE Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Now you can e
103. 4 Vigne Message Des yn flood Dlock 10 192 160 1 155 10605 gt 192 160 1 1 23 PR Giep len 20 40 5 P4375 Ded amp flood Eleeb t0h 192 168 1 115 0 1921681 t PR Hieng len 2 GD eng Ot 158 Dray Tek 4 5 User Management User Management is a security feature which disallows any IP traffic except DHCP related packets from a particular host until that host has correctly supplied a valid username and password Instead of managing with IP address MAC address User Management function manages hosts with user account Network administrator can give different firewall policies or rules for different hosts with different User Management accounts This is more flexible and convenient for network management Not only offering the basic checking for Internet access User Management also provides additional firewall rules e g CSM checking for protecting hosts internet Lisa s notebook WLAN _User_Group_A Password wugi23 Allen s PC be Tom s PC b lt lt D David s notebook a LAN User_Group_1 WLAN User Group B Password wug456 Password lug123 Diana s PC Amy s PC LAN be Not controlled by user Management LAN User Group 2 Password lug456 Note Filter rules configured under Firewall usually are applied to the host the one that the router installed only With user management the rules can be applied to every user connected to the router with customized profiles Not
104. 5 0 Outbound Status Others o 5 10 Eps General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN 2 General Setup Enable the Qo5 Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25 le Class 2 25 lo Class 3 25 e Others 25 ae L Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio s Yo C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 192 Dray Te K apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page WAN Inbound It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN Bandwidth For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps WAN Outbound It allows
105. 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH Hight ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Profile Name Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Enable this profile Check here to activate this profile VPN Dial Out Through Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WANI First WAMI First WANT Only WAN First WAN Only WANS First WANS Onl WANI WAN2 WANS3 First While connecting the router will use WAN WAN2 WANS3 as the first channel for VPN connection If WANI fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WAN3 Only While connecting the router will use WAN WAN2 WAN3 as the only channel for VPN connection Netbios Naming Packet Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between Dray Tek 225 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Multicast via VPN Call Direction Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Type of Server I am calling Vigor2830 Series User s Guide the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the
106. 531 Want C 192 168 1 07 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN C 72 16 3 07 255 255 255 0 is directly connected Want 128 Dray Tek Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Dray Tek Internet Set Router C Static Route Router 192 158 1 2 Gateway 192 168 1 1 B 192 Go to LAN page and click General Setup select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on 1st Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the 1st subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing informa
107. 6 ae 14 vee 2U E rr 21 E TTY 22 TTY 23 TTY 24 E rr 25 TTY 26 TTY B ET x rr 20 fates 29 X Try e Please choose a Dial in This item is available when you choose Remote Dial in User User Accounts Teleworker as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN tunnels for users to set Allowed Dial in Type This item is available after you choose any one of dial in user account profiles Next you have to select suitable dial in type for the VPN server profile There are several types provided here similar to VPN Client Wizard PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy None Mice to Have lust Different Dial in Type will lead to different configuration page In addition adjustable items for each dial in type will be changed according to the VPN Server Mode Site to Site VPN and Remote Dial in User selected After making the choices for the server profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection you made Here we take the examples of choosing Remote Dial in User as the VPN Server Mode Dr ay Tek 213 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide When you check PPTP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec Authentication Username ere When you check PPTP IPSec L2TP three types or PPTP IPSec two types or L2TP with Policy Nice to Have Must you will see the following graph
108. 6 35 19 QO OD 60 6F 89 cCa 3 3 3 a 3 a 3 3 a 3 3 3 Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the whole table Dr ay Tek 295 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 16 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCP server Running Index IP Address Mic Address Leased Time HOST ID 1 192 165 1 10 O0 OE a6 2i4 D5 a1 0 00 02 630 ok lcecgjyiy 5u Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 5 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table Refresh Private IP Port 192 166 1 11 2491 24 9 95 169 192 166 1 11 2495 207 4612502 192 166 1 10 3079 207 46 5 10 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 296 Dray Tek Private IP Port Pseudo Port Peer IP Port Interface R
109. 6 4 USB Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the users who accessing into FTP or Samba server USB storage disk via the Vigor router If you want to remove the diskette from USB port in router please click Disconnect USB Disk first And then remove the USB storage disk later USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status No Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity OMB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk Is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Dray Tek 83 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Connection Status Disk Capacity Free Capacity Index IP Address Username If there is no USB storage disk connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here It displays the total capacity of the USB storage disk It displays the free space of the USB storage disk Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity It displays the number of the client which connecting to FTP server It displays the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server When you insert USB storage disk into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds 3 6 5 Syslog Explorer Such page p
110. 60654 UDP manmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a menmsgr 192 169 29 11 8729 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer eee Show icon in notification area when connected ro Edit pels I E i eal The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed Dray Tek 203 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 9 5 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Applications gt g
111. 8 29 11 7824 13251 UDP m nmegr 192 168 29 11 5789 63231 TCF This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected Add Edit Jelete The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings Vigor2830 Series User s Guide The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 3 5 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models 3 5 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually
112. A EA E seat oE EE EEE AEN 190 FAPI ANON eo aaar E A T 197 4 9 1 Dynamic DNS eee eee ce ee eee eee 197 71S BPAY 6 210 6 ea eet ee oe eee ee see ee eee 199 082 BS 1 cD eee ncn ere E ee enc ee ee ee eee ee ee 201 FP caps eects tse aco oe cece oc ncetne sce e solos a aus eaaneinstteandeee 202 Bo NI S a E E 204 ONAKO EAN ae a E A E E E caste care teceee 205 4 10 VPN and Remote ACCESS vassnicirncasrecias casactaviii ctaactevovastsnewland tiucbecsddudsdasdin staetdicotantsvaetsnateies 206 4 10 1 VPN Client Wizard ccc cccccccccceeccecceeeceeceeeceeceeeeceeseeeceeseeseeesaueeesseaeeesseaeeessaneeessaeees 206 4 10 2 VPN Server VVIZOI niciescincovsiesrinwassiansvinnseninaiudonedsainaanlensienpndsteutanlessndandphatscapntsiawsscleatisepeesvants 212 4 10 3 Remote Access COntrOl cccccccccccecceeeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeaeeeceeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeessaaageeeeeeess 216 4 10 4 PPP General Setup 0 00 0 ecccceccccccaseseeeeeeeeeeeaeeesseeeeeeeesaeesesseeeeesseeaseeeeeeeessaeaseeeeeeees 217 4 10 5 IPSec General SQtup cc ccecccecceecceeesseeeceeeeeseeeeseeeceeeeesseeeseeeeeesseueaaeseeeeeessaaaeeeeeees 218 410 6 IPSec PCr Identity scpacsceesenecsnee rece cceeeniconeesecnddeveseecsevioctadeacearccpeesiaeddcoteubcnesictadaaesiabadades 219 4 10 7 Remote Dial in User depssnccsaactenctaneusienctdeaiedstaleddanctredsmertan snes tumnane inatamixaanideectdacemtatanidanes 221 TO AINA CEAN aoa E te ieee eatee Sinope E 224 410 9 Gonnection Mana
113. AN2 WAN3 Private IP pooo If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN2 interface you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN Index Enable 1 C 2 Enable Private IP Choose PC Dray Tek Aux WAN IP Lp a Sa 102 172 16 5 200 WAN WANS Private IP pooo pooo Check to enable the DMZ Host function Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host Anno EJER 142 168 1 10 142 168 1 15 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting 65 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN 2 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 172 16 3 102 192 168 1 10 Choose PC 2 o 172 16 3 200 i 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling vi
114. ATDT 99 gt PPP Username Po Optional PPP Password Po Optional PPP Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect TTL Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Type the name and click Apply Modem Initial String2 The initial string 1s shared with APN In some cases user may need another initial AT command to restrict 3G band or do any special settings Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional Always On If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 112 Dray Te k WAN Connection Detection 4 1 4 Multi PVCs This router allows you to create multi PVCs for different data transferring for using Simply go to Internet Access and select Multi PVCs page General Idl
115. Click Enable to invoke samba service via the router Access Mode LAN Only Users coming from internet cannot connect to the samba server of the router LAN And WAN Both LAN and WAN users can access samba server of the router NetBios Name Service For the NetBios service of USB storage disk you have to specify a workgroup name and a host name A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name can have as many as 15 characters and the host name can have as many as 23 characters Both them cannot contain any of the following lt gt Workgroup Name Type a name for the workgroup Host Name Type the host name for the router 4 14 2 USB User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP Samba users Any user who wants to access into the USB storage disk must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB storage disk first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt gt USB User Management USB User Management Setto Factory Default Index Username Home Folder Index Username Home Folder PIN IP Pew Si FRaFEFEREBE Click index number to access into configuration page Dr ay Tek 275 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide USB Application gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User Username Password Confirm Password Home Folder Access
116. DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 71 47 46 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 347390 214004 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection Dr ay Tek 125 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Details Page for LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 LAN gt Gener
117. Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Enable Route C Phonet O Phone Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note If the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Enable Route C Phonei LJ Phones Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing 6 g 4192 168 1 14 should be blocked Dray Tek 243 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router 1s placed VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Call Forward All Act Call Forward Busy Act Do Not Disturb Act Hide caller ID Act Call Waiting Act Black Anonymous Act Block Unknow Domain Act Black IP Calls Act Black Last Ca
118. DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 2010 10 27 2010 11 27 Commtouch Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Later if you need to extend the license valid time for the same service you can also use the Service Activation Wizard again to reach your goal by clicking the radio button of Formal edition with license Key and clicking Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free trial edition Q 5 Tean z Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate Please choose the item you want to use WCE service Web Content Filter Commtouch Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch offerated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Enter your License key Activation Date 2010 11 02 select OI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Vigor2830 Series
119. E e EEE EEEa idvesweensond 272 A T3 TO Staion Lis eese e E E E r SE 273 aA BE APDIC NON senai E E E E 274 4 14 1 USB General SettingS ccccccccccsssssseeeeeecceeesseeeeeecceeeeaaeeeeeecseeaaseeeeeesssseaagseeeneess 274 4 14 2 USB User Manageme n cccccccccssssseeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeceeeeesesueaseeeeeeeesssaaaaeeeees 275 BNA File EXPO O wires cabins cvwendsavacdinceuswt a Aaaa ATA vreau SETAn AREIAS 278 4144 USB DISK AUS eessen rne REENE Ea AR E ari 278 4 145 OV SIO HEX ON GM va scntatnes ecg ss sacceeeceenadoasasd OEE rN aiaa E a aiai 279 ATO System IWAMOTO serinus se sarc detind R E a R Ena 280 4 15 1 System QLAUUS yicd odecssoncnissepesnncacioas tadewogendnesetssapeneeedeseue belbadout Sense daw ohadecatnect adeebaendneesteaiseds 281 eM WOOO casa ean cissecec eta A bes NaS eed Ce tn ees adentanedeecee 282 4 15 3 Administrator PASSWOMIKG ccccsceccccsseeeeceeeeeecaeeeeeeseaeeesseaeeeesueeeesaeeeesaaseeesseeessaageees 283 4 15 4 User Password fie terdioncantstrsnanactiesddveilaneavieieessvtetadaseinva esuen danaaptieulndesielswehvuwabieueattenencaiais 283 4 15 5 Configuration Backup cccccccccecccaeeeeeeeeeeeeecseeeseeeeeeeeeseassceeeeeessseaseeeeeeeeessaaaaeeseeeees 284 415 6 OY SIOG Mall AGU eesin E aAA E Eaa EEE e ERE aaa 286 A15 ime and Dalo ercer 288 415 9 Manageo 111 CI cies sts annodsaun th annae aE E EA 289 AT 9 FREDO SY SUC eaen a EEEE E E EE 290 4 15 10 Firmware Upgrade cccccss
120. ES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES 223 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode 4 10 8 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports up to 32 VPN tunnels simultaneously The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Set to Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 777 x ii 777 x j 777 x 16 777 x 3 x 19 x 4 777 x 20 777 x D 777 x Fi 777 x 6 777 x 27 777 x Y F77 x 23 777 x 3 77 x 24 77 x 9 272 x i 777 x 10 ra x 26 777 x 11 Pues x Zi 2 x 12 x 20 777 x 13 x 29 x 14 777 x 30 777 x 15
121. Explorer Address Type Subnet Address v Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask DiffServ CodePoint All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control Service Type It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name WO Status Local Address Remote Address ieee Service Type CodePoint 16 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 SY SLOG UBP 514 20 Active 192 169 1 15 192 169 1 65 he a caw FTFPETCP 20 Dray Tek 195 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To
122. Filter Set gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Direction source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Branch to Other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 Direction Source Destination IP Dray Tek Block MetBios E i LAMA TAVPN gt WAM Edit Edit n aj gt u gam J D u co co a oJ i lt r 139 to undefined Edit Dont Care w Action Profile Pass lf Mo Further Match AG None o B0000 Mon Strict Mone Auto Select None Mone m Mone Edit z ial o 4 lt 4 4 4 Check this box to enable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Set the direction of packet flow It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic LA
123. IP Address TX Packets RX Packets WAN Status Line Name Mode Dray Tek Displays the IP address of the LAN interface Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface Displays the name set in WANI WAN web page Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE 31 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface GW IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface TX Rate Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface RX Rate Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface is not ready for accessing Internet 2 6 2 Virtual WAN Such page displays the virtual WAN connection information Virtual WAN are used by TR 069 management VoIP service and so on The field of Application will list the purpose of such WAN connection Online Status Virtual WAN System Uptime 69 20 WAN 5 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application YES ADSL o
124. IP server Mode amp The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available This item will be changed according to the port settings configured in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that is not welcomed VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Index Call Direction EPS a gt SY h i i k Pd Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Setto Factory Default Barring Type Barring Number URL URI Route Schedule Status x HO OK K K K K K K K v4 a Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page Dray Tek 241 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Call Direction IN v Barring Type specific URIVURL Route All Ww Index 1 15
125. If you choose Always On as Active Mode you can choose one of the backup WAN interfaces from the Backup WAN drop down list Later when such WAN is disconnected for some reason the backup WAN will be activated automatically to prevent data transmission from connection interrupted Active Mode Always On i Backup WAR None v If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup WAN will be changed into Backup Type You have to specify which role the WAN interface should play 1f you want to backup multiple WANs However ignore this setting if you want to backup a single WAN Active Mode Backup Backup Type Only for Backup Multiple When any WAN disconnect WANT O when all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect WANS with USB To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem please configure WANS interface Dray Tek 39 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide WAN gt General Setup WAN 3 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speedikbps DownLink Uplink Active Mode Backup WAN Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Line Speed Active Mode and Backup WAN Backup Type Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Yeas SB Always On Mone 2 a Jk Choose Yes to invoke th
126. It represents Maximum Burst Size The range of the value is 10 to 50 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 116 Dray Te k Port based Bridge General page lets you set the first PVC As to set the second PVC line please click the Port based Bridge tab to open Bridge configuration page Internet Access gt gt Multi PVCs Multi PVCs General ATM QoS Port based Bridge Tag based Bridge Channel Enable Pi P2 P3 P4 Direction Service Type Add Tag Priority 1 e J C 2 b C noo of b 4 ooo ole fe noo of b ood of e 7 ood oe I b B oO oe e Mote 1 Channel 1 to 2 are reserved for Nat Route use 2 P1 is reserved for Nat Route use Enable Check this box to enable that channel Only channel 3 to 8 can be set in this page for channel 1 to 2 are reserved for NAT using P1 to P4 It means the LAN port 1 to 4 Check the box to designate the LAN port for channel 3 to 8 Direction Choose the direction of data transmission for applying Multi PVC settings Service Type Normally service type is used for the service of video stream e g IPTV It can divide the packets from remote control and from video stream into different PVC Such feature is used for specific application Please choose Normal as the Service Type Normal It means that the PVC can accept all packets IGMP It means that such PVC can accept IGMP packets only Such type just meets a specific environment on some ISPs Data and IGMP packets will b
127. Load Balance policy Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy User Management uch item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create Mew Group ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one APP Enforcement Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to selelct please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooti
128. MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP te MAC Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IP ddress 192 165 1 10 Mac Address E0 CB 4E Da 45 793 Index IP address Mac Address Add and Edit Mac Address yo oH oH HO Note JP MaAcC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which 1s not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Strict Bind Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below Select All Click this link to select all the i
129. MER TA PN WWAN LAN RTPA WAM VAR gt LAMAR TAY PN LANM RTYPN gt LAMER TAPN Note RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other LAN Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges 149 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Service Type Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer IP Address Edit Address Type Group and Objects Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group None or IP Object None or IP Object None 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type 3 Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type Group and Objects Protocol E Source Port Destination Port
130. NS WAN Enable Private IP m mo Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 138 Dray Tek If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN2 interface you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN Index 1 2 Enable Private IP Choose PC Dray Tek WAN WANS AUX WARK IP Private IP Check to enable the DMZ Host function Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host A niao fa OX 142 168 1 10 142 168 1 15 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN 2 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP if 172 16 3 102 192 168 1 10 Choose PC 2 o 172 16 3 200 booo 139 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling
131. NggtkemF 5adGVrLmNvbTanbokq hkiGSwOBAQUF AACBgGQAuSBRUGtC4ULHHON6 HwToemitHObew Xkvg t7 kFlzTJiHh uRLq4CiEi 6nV4hMRytcxZpEZ6sMarSqgRRErs6Ro0s8Ix0145560xCZ N1Gh9VOsI1 I9SFqkiIJNihip4TcjecSNNZ jmOo5SWU Bces8TG ScBCyejqu fo AIOFajBIGviw 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 326 Dray Tek Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself
132. P Address Type in the private IP address Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type in gateway IP address Default MAC Address Type in MAC address for the router You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address for your necessity Specify a MAC Address Type in the MAC address for the router manually Type in the primary IP address for the router If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Details Page for PPPoE in WAN2 To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the Internet please select PPPoE from the WAN gt gt Internet Access gt gt WAN2 page The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Enable Disable ISP Access Setup Username Password WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TIL Enable Disable ISP Access Setup Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Static or Dynamic IP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ARP Detect PPTP PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication Idle Timeout 160 IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP second s Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address o zF oo Joo Joz Cancel Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocate
133. P address automatically Use the following IP address For Mac OS 1 Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure Pv4 OA O __ Network mae g Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies IP Address 192 168 1 10 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 f E E OE rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Dray Tek 341 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 6 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows L 2 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run
134. PP Enforcement Profile APP Enforcement Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 17 2 18 3 13 4 20 3 1 6 22 f 23 8 24 J 23 10 2b Ti Zi 12 26 13 29 13 31 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile Click the number under Index column for settings in detail There are four tabs IM P2P Protocol and Misc displayed on this page Each tab will bring out different items that you can choose to disallow people using Dray Tek 177 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Below shows the items which are categorized under Protocol CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 IM Select All Clear All Cons LINNTP CISSH Oracle Profile Name Select All Clear All profile Name Pre Protocol Misc Protocol a E CIFTF CIHTTF CIMAP ORC CIPOF3 CO SMB C SMTFP CI SNMP LISSL TLS TELNET COMSSOL Ci MySOL Cl PostgreSQL O Sybase CIDE LJ Informix Type a name for the CSM profile Click it to choose all of the items in this page Uncheck all the selected boxes The profiles configured here can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow Below shows the items which are categorized under IM CSM gt gt APP Enforceme
135. PP MP Setup Dray Tek ARP Detect PAP or CHAP L second s IP Address Assignment Method IP CF WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP PPP Authentication Idle Timeout Fized IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address loo Eo zF Hoo a0 o2 Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can 47 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action
136. Rule File Directory OQeEnable Disable Ft air 11 Characters Cd JRead LJ Write Ll Delete List icreate Remove Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A z a z 0 9 _ lt a and space FTP Samba User Username Password Confirm Password Home Folder Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Enable Click this button to activate this profile account for FTP service or Samba User service Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server Disable Click this button to disable such profile Type the username for FTP Samba users for accessing into FTP server USB storage disk Be aware that users cannot access into USB storage disk in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Note FTP Passive mode is not supported by Vigor Router Please disable the mode on the FTP client Type the password for FTP Samba users for accessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Type the password again to make confirmation It determines the folder for the client to access into The user can enter a
137. S eG 1463 Routed IP LLC Oves WNolDynamic IP ii 168 95 1 1 168 95 1 10 alli Now you can see the following screen It indicates that the setup is complete Different types of connection modes will have different summary Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAR Interface Physical Mode Physical Type VPI WOT Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP Primary DNS Secondary DNS Dray Tek WEAR ADSL Auto negotiation 0 33 1483 Bridge LLE Mo 21 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 2 4 2 For WAN2 WAN2 is dedicated to physical mode in Ethernet If you choose WAN2 please specify physical type Then click Next Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WAN Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step Quick Stan Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 2 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TR Static IP DHCP Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 22 Dray Te k 2 4 2 1 PPP
138. Series User s Guide BSSID See Statistics Channel SSIB Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is alowed to connect with the router Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address gooo0O 0 Bridge O Repeater It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs 272 Dray Tek Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended channels for usage 123456789 1011 1213 AP number v s Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Channel Cancel Add to If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page 4 13 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPA Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass 802 1 of WPA PSE authentication NZzObPuomMA Note After a
139. Series User s Guide Details Page for LAN1 LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration For NAT Usage IP Address Subnet Mask FIP Protocol Control IP Address Subnet Mask RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 192 165 1 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent Enable Disable Start IP Address 1492 166 1 10 50 192 165 1 1 IF Pool Counts Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent ONS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting fF Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Disable deactivate the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default Enable activate the RIP protocol DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the
140. Set up a home or small WAN Miniport PPPOE General Internet Gateway office network Ghats Connected _ Dial up Duration 00 19 06 See Also eer Speed 100 0 Mbps a Disco ected Ji Network Troubleshooter l A x pyr seca CE DrayTek ISDN PPF Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway wd t G Control Panel TE Ip Broadband Connection on 58 E My Network Places sail Packa Enabled 7 E My Documents A Sent 404 tad Receiwed 1 115 BBE ig My Computer y __LAN or High Speed Internet K Local Area Connection Ene bled na ae Realtek RTL8139 810x Family Properties Details Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 202 Dray Te k T JP Broadband Connection on Router Properties x Advanced Settings eee perpen opera General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can access J IP Broadband Connection on A outer Ftp Example menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135
141. TP over IPSec Nice to Have Settings Profile Name VPN 2 YPN Dial OQut Through WANI First w O Always on Server IPHost Name for PM e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Username Password IM lh Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Pemote Network Mask Profile Name Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters VPN Dial Out Through Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only Dray Tek 209 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Always On Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method User Name Password Vigor2830 Series User s Guide ee aS WANI First WANI First While connecting the router will use WANI as the first channel for VPN connection If WANI fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only While connecting the router will use WANI as the only channel for VPN connection WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WANZ2 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection Chec
142. Type of YPM I PPTP I LZTP LATP over IPSec oa C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router IPSec Policy Seting My IF 172 16 3 100 Type of IPSec O Standard IPSec Tunnel Remote Subnet Remote Subnet Mask Virture IP DrayTek Virture Interface Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask Security Method Mediumi AH Authority Method G Pre shared Key eee Certification Guthority If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 316 Dr ay Te k Dial To TEH Session Name office VPM Server IPF HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 168 11 User Mame draytek user
143. Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings Details Page This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WAN interface Details Page for PPPoE PPPOA in WAN1 PPPoA included in RFC1483 can be operated in either Logical Link Control Subnetwork Access Protocol or VC Mux mode As a CPE device Vigor router encapsulates the PPP session based for transport across the ADSL loop and your ISP s Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer DSLAM To choose PPPoE or PPPOA as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE PPPoA from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE PPPoA MPoA RFC1483 2604 Enable Disable ISP Access Setup DSL Modem Settings aad Oooo Multi P C channel Channel 1 ka ooo PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout second s 33 IP Address From ISP WAN IP Alias Encapsulating Type LLOFSNAP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Protocal PPPoE Default MAC Address PPPoE Pass through C For Wired LAN Specify a MAC Address C For Wireless LAN MAC Address oo 60 ze Hoo oo a1 WAN Connection Detection WPI Mode ARP Detect TTL Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function wi
144. User s Guide 30 Dr ay Te k 2 6 Online Status Online Status 2 6 1 Physical Connection Such page displays the physical connection status such as LAN connection status WAN connection status ADSL information and so on If you select PPPoE as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE or Drop PPPoE in the Online Statu Online Status Fhysical Connection s web page System Uptime 69 4 15 ILAN Status Primary DNS 5 6 8 5 Secondary DNS 3 8 4 4 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 12 1 bey 1 1 339991 9208786 WAN 1 Status gt gt Dial PPPoE Enable Line Name Mode Up Time TES ADSL PPPOE 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 0 0 D 0 WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet Static IP 69 04 03 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps Lf2 16 3 102 172 165 1 1 254391 1926 1525247 1407 WAN 3 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Signal Tes USE S 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps piers oe 0 0 0 0 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 2111302_B ATM Statistics TX Cells RX Cells TX CRC errs RX CRC errs O O 0 O ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNR Margin Loop Att para READY 0 0 j 0 Detailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS LAN Status
145. Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 1st IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 124 Dray Tek and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS Server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must Configuration have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force
146. WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 262 Dray Tek 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D Encryption Mode B4 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use 4 13 4 Access Control In the Access Control the router may restrict wireless access to certain wireless clients only by locking their MAC address into a black or white list The user may block wireless clients by inserting their MAC addresses into a
147. Wizard Model Name Vigor2330Vn Online Status Firmware Version Seb Build Date Time i Get 20 2000 12 18 08 WAN LAN LAN HAT MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Applications LANI 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 Wireless LAN LAMZ 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 166 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 USB Application LAN 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 System Maintenance LAN4 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 7 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 5 8 8 8 Diagnostics IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 5 8 8 8 Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe 2 2 0 7 DrayTek WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WAN Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 PPPoE a WAN2Z Connected 00 50 7F 00 00 02 Static IP 172 16 3 102 172 16 1 1 WANS Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 o eh All Rights a VWolP Port Profile Reg In Out Phone Mo r ISDN1 50 Ma 0 0 ISDN2 TE Ne oo W Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network Dray Tek IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are
148. Yes 6 8 8 8 Yes 6 8 8 8 SSID DrayTek Default Gateway 1 72 16 1 1 Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build LAN LAN1 LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 There are four LAN ports with different IP address offered by Vigor router The MAC address IP address Subnet Mask DHCP Server and DNS settings for each LAN port is displayed IP Routed Subnet Display the general information for the usage of IP routed MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Wireless LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Frequency Domain Firmware Version WAN Link Status MAC Address Vigor2830 Series User s Guide It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi Display the SSID of the router Display current connection status Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface 86 Dray Tek Connection Display
149. able Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway 126 Dray Tek Details Page for IP Routed Subnet LAN gt gt General Setup TCP IP and DHCP Setup for IP Routed Subnet Network Configuration OcEnable Disable For Routing Usage IPF Address Subnet Mask Enable Disable For NAT Usage For Routing Usage IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server Configuration Dray Tek 192 166 2 1 255 255 255 0 Use MAC Address DHCP Server Configuration Start IP Address O max 10 C Use LAN Port Fi pa IP Pool Counts Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address fy woe WR OW Click Enable to enable such configuration Click Disable to disable such configuration Click this radio button to invoke NAT function Click this radio button to invoke this function Type in private IP addr
150. accessing Internet with the conditions of such profile The default setting is O which means no limitation in the number of users It is available only when User Based mode selected in User Management gt gt General Setup Default w Default Create Mew Folic Default If you choose such item the filter rules pre configured in Firewall can be adopted for such user profile Create New Policy If you choose such item the following page will be popped up for you to define another filter rule as a new policy Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Comments O O Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Source IP Any Destination IP Any Service Type Any For the detailed configuration simply refer to Firewall gt gt Filter Rule The firewall filter rules that are not selected in Firewall gt gt General gt gt Default rule can be available for use in User Management gt gt User Profile The router will authenticate the dial in user by itself or by 162 Dray Tek Authentication Log Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Enable Time Quota Index 1 15 in Schedule Dray Tek external service such as LDAP server or Radius server If LDAP or Radius is selected here it is not necessary to configure the password setting above Time of login log out block unblock for the user s can be sent to and displayed in Syslog Please choose any one
151. add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction eas haa eh Others andai a 1 2 3 Control Statistics WANT Enable Kkbps Kbps Outbound 259 259 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 259 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 2595 2595 2596 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Fule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type No Name Protocol Port 1 Empty E E For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number qo 2 boo Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 196 Dray Tek porting number here if you choose Range as the type
152. ages File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading Mone Dray Tek 183 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com However if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature it is necessary for you to access into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com Therefore you need to register an account on http myvigor draytek com for using corresponding service Please refer to section of creating My Vigor account Note If you have used Service Activation Wizard to activate WCF service you can skip this section WCE adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider e g DrayTek No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter you have to click Activate to satisfy your request Be aware that service provider matching with Vigor router currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment If you want to purc
153. al Setup Lan 2 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration Enable Disable For NAT Usage IP Address Subnet Mask Enable Disable For NAT Usage For Routing Usage IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server Configuration Vigor2830 Series User s Guide For Routing Usage 132 160 3 1 IP Pool Counts 100 255 255 255 0 Gateway IF Address DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Start IP Address 192 168 3 10 192 165 3 1 Click Enable to enable such configuration Click Disable to disable such configuration Click this radio button to invoke NAT function Click this radio button to invoke this function Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server 1f you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Dis
154. aller and callee do not use the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured Choose PSTN to enable loop through function None Mone PSTN oT When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN number ISDN number for this VoIP phone setting ZRTP SRTP It allows users to have encrypted RTP stream with the peer side using the same protocol ZRTP SRTP Check this box to have secure call 239 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Note If the incoming or outgoing calls do not match any entry on the phonebook the router will try to make the call being protected But if the call ends up unprotected e g peer side does not support ZRTP SRTP the router will not play out a warning message Digit Map For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used
155. at you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS Server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must Configuration have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Dr ay Tek 59 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 3 NAT Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default se
156. ate IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Service Name Enter the description of the specific network service Protocol Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP WAN IP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Public Port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 62 Dray Tek redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Private IP Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Private Port Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid c
157. ations gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status iE g w Pe 10 w 3 x 11 Fs 4 12 x 4 13 Fe 6 H 14 rd H 15 H a H Status v Active x Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Dr ay Tek 199 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index 1 are shown below Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Start Date cyyyy mm dd 2000 wl wilt Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Idle Timeout bo minute si mas 255 0 for default How Often once Weekdays LJ Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri LJ Sat Enable Schedule Setup Check to enable the schedule Start Date yyyy mm dd Specify the starting date of the schedule Start Time hh mm Specify the starting time of the schedule Duration Time hh mm Specify the duration or period for the schedule Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be alway
158. ault value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP Service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet by other device you have to set this function for your necessity None NAT Traversal Support None otun Manual Nortel None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is STUN server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support
159. authenticated to dial in via VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Set to Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status 1 777 x 1r 777 x Z 2 x 16 gee x 2 777 x 13 777 x 4 777 x 20 x D 777 x 1 777 x 6 777 x ff 777 x i aoe x 3 cee x a 777 x 24 x 9 w 275 799 y 10 777 x 26 x 11 777 x ff x 12 777 x 26 777 x 13 T77 x 24 TFF X 14 2 x a0 2 x 15 777 x 31 x 16 777 x 3 777 x Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the differe
160. c L2TP with IPSec Policy one PPP Authentication VJ Compression on Off Dial Number for ISDN or IKE Authentication Method Server IP Host Name for VPN l such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 KE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username C PPTP IPSec Tunnel Password C L2TP with IPSec Policy None AE E IKE Authentication Method v pre Shared Ke Specify Remote YPN Gateway Pre Shared Key E ee IKE Pre Shared Key sid 220 135 240 208 C Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES M 3DES M AES Dray Tek 311 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username draytek PTP IPSec Tunnel Pam E L2TP with IPSec Policy
161. cates that the VoIP function 1s idle HANG UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT_ ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Dray Tek 255 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Codec Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel PeerID The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain Elapse The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Tx Pkts Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Rx Pkts Total number of received voice packets during this connection session Rx Losts Total number of lost packets during this connection session Rx Jitter The jitter of received voice packets In Calls Accumulation for the times of in call Out Calls Accumulation for the times of out call Miss Calls Accumulation for the times of missing call Speaker Gain The volume of present call Log Display logs of VoIP calls 4 13 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 4 13 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information
162. cations inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 70 Dray Tek Address amp Network Connections Broadband gt gt Network Tasks IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PE General Dray Tek i
163. ccccccsssseececceseeeeccaeesececeseesseceeeceaseeessaaeeeessseseeesensagseees 291 AMV AC I AMOI cee 52 os 3h a aeeecencecnes E E 292 4 16 WEA S WG Sicsircns tec ares adainca inte hemitinaahadadmaeueneied dks cate meswteiseud atedieuammedisaudind sovaveususnhevenedieasnasinieeta macs 294 4 16 1 Dial OUt Trigger ccccccccccscsseeccceseeeceesececeeeseessaseeecseuseeeesaeeecsaueeseseaseeessaseeesseeeseseaaes 294 4 16 2 Routing Table zsccadscncsacedcconccesttesdsesneesnce sssaedentdossoassGasesaceseseetandercasensdenteecumerseuernieencemsed 295 4 16 3 ARP Cache Tablle cccccccsccccccccssseecccceeesecececeeececeeeaaseceesseaaseeeessuaeeeeesseaseeeesssanseess 295 4 16 4 DHCP TANG ese crses astnzoncedacieneseanmentoedaneadauinesanaseantertieg Saceugabaveaseeedaniersseanmesedaesunerdendamansseaasas 296 4 16 5 NAT Sessions Table cccccccccssssececceeeseeeeeceeuseceeeceeueeeeecsaaeeeesesaaaeceeessagseeessssaeeeess 296 4 16 6 PING DiaQnOSIS ccccsccccccseeeceecseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesaaeeeeseaseeessaueeeesaeeesaeeeessaeeeessageeeensases 297 4 16 7 Data Flow MOMitr ccccccccccssecccesseeceneecceececsasceceueeeceueecsueeecaueeesaeecsausessueeessaeessaaees 298 ATG TC CA AO se tes 8 2 sae vetoes ye Gas cece Sestpee vine eR oe tia wines EEE E 300 4 16 9 Trace Route ccccccccsscccccesscecceeseeecsaeeecseuseeessueeecseuseeeseaseeessaueeesueseesssageeesseneesssagss 301 4 16 10 Web Firewall Syslog ccccccecc
164. cccceeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeecesseeeeeeseaeeeseaecesseeeeeseaeeeesaaeees 302 Application and Examples ccccsscssscseseeesseenseeesseenseenseoeseeeaseonseoeseeasenees 305 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 305 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 313 5 3 0S pEUNg EXAMP lt eee eee nen a eee eee 317 5 4 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router ccccccseeccecceeesseeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeessaaseeesesaaeseeess 322 5 5 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Serve ccccseseceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeees 325 5 6 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Servet cc csscceeeeeeeeees 329 5 7 Creating an ACCOUNT fOr MYVIQGOL cccccceseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeesaeaseeessaeeeeeeessaaeeeeessaeeeeeees 331 5 7 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router ccccccseeeeceeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeesaaaeeeeeesaaaess 331 5 7 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Sit cccccceceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeeeeeeeaeaeees 335 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide x Dr ay Tek WFOUDIS SIGOUING cesera E eea e EEA EESE EEE AEEA NEE EENEN 339 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or NoOt ccccsssssseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 339 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 340 6 3 Pinging the Router fro
165. ccording to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Choose Always On to make the WAN1 connection being activated always Alw Y Z D n Backug If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup WAN will be changed into Backup Type You have to specify which role the WAN interface should play if you want to backup multiple WANS However ignore this setting if you want to backup a single WAN Active Mode Backup Type Only for Backup Multiple When any WAN disconnect WAN O when all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect 99 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 1 3 Internet Access For the router supports multi WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 WAN3 for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode for WAN interface the Access Mode for these connections also varies Refer to the following figures WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI ADSL PPPoE PPPoA w Details Page WANE Ethernet DOD DE PPPoA Details Page WAN USB MPoA RFC1483 2684 WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mod
166. cified to be determined by the router automatically Unspecified Unspecified Protocol ICMP Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 92 Dray Te k Admin Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute advanced full configuration through admin mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that Admin mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Vigor2830 Series T n Dray Tek ADSL2 Secunty Firewall Auto Logout System Status Pa Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor2830V n Service Activation Wizard Firmware Version 3 3 6 1 Online Status Build Date Time Oct 20 2010 12 18 08 WAN LAN LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS NAT LANI 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 Firewall LAN O0 S0 7F 00 00 00 192 166 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 5 8 8 5 User Management LAN3 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 Objects Setting LANA 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 7 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 CSM IP Routed Subnet 0
167. condary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 71 47 46 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 347390 214004 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router
168. ctim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Set to Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status 1 x 2 x 3 x 4 x T x 6 x f x a x 5 x 10 x lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt Next Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service WAN Interface Display the WAN interface for such NAT profile Aux WAN IP Display the WAN IP address specified in WAN IP Alias page Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 20 port ranges for diverse services Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 66 Dray Tek NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports WAR Interface WAMI 9 Local Computer 197 166 1 10 Choose PC End Part Protocol Start Port End Port Protocol rog 6 7 B 4500 g Weeeee fh i Lan gE S gm mm D HULL HULL ie i Enable Open Ports Check to enable t
169. ction and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Dray Tek 73 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 5 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n SSID Channel Channel 6 2437MHz Packet OVERDRIVE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance C Hide SSID C Long Preamble Hide SSID
170. ction does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disable PIN code and try again If it still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the page similar to the following graphic to the service center of DrayTek Dray Te k 343 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide fl DrayTek Syslog Controls i 192 168 1 1 WAN Status ais gt if Getway IP Static TX Packets RM Rate DrayTek Vigor ci T LAN Statue Tx Packets Re Packets WAN IP Skakic Re Packets Te Rate ete OS gt oc Fg Fire Wal Log VPN Low User Access Loe CallLoe WAN Log Network Infomation Net Stat Tone Messnge i Apr 1209 1749 Vigor WAN PPPoE m Protocol LCPiet21 ae Idenbier0s03 ACM 0x0 Auth Apr 1209 17 49 SO Modem satura 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 03 Apr 12 09 17 49 WANZ FRPoE gt Protocol LCPic0zl1 Confen Identifier 000 HRU 1300 ACCE Apr 12 0 17 49 i WANZ FPPoE lt Y 1 T 1 PADS IDO Apr 1209 1749 Phs 20 Modem response CONNECT 3600000 Apr 1208 1749 igo o Modem saia 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Apr 12081749 i 30 Modem Hatra 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 0z 00 Apr 1209 17 49 go O Medem dal ATDT 8 Apr 12 03 17 49 Psa WANZ FPPoE gt 1 T 1 PADR IDO Apr 12 00 17 49 agor WAN FPPoE Y 1 1 1 FADO IDO Apr 1203 17 43 Fu I ORK Apr 1208 1749 igi a miale A TAFEDT 1X1 Doe 1D Aor 1209 1743
171. d tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www DrayTek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www DrayTek com iv Dray Tek European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Taiwan 303 Product Vigor2830 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2830 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the
172. d RX limit fields select Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allow you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All Setup the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 4 8 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS
173. d incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing LELLO Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 142 Dray Te k Drop f j ad Dr p amp ral Fad Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid
174. d username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field 106 Dray Tek WAN Connection Detection PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Dray Tek Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you ca
175. detection PPTP Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server IPSec Tunnel Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below 226 Dray Tek User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Advanced Dray Tek None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set
176. directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB storage disk In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB storage disk Note When write protect status for the USB storage disk is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case You can click to open the following dialog to add any new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder 276 Dray Tek E http 192 168_1_5 doc ftpuserfolder htm Microsoft Internet Explorer USB User Management Choose Folder Folder Name Create New Home Folder Folder Name test Create Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ and space Only 11 characters are allowed Access Rule It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB storage disk must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Before you click OK you have to insert a USB storage disk into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration Dray Tek 277 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 14 3 File Explorer File Explorer offers an easy way for users to view and manage the content
177. dresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 93 From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access cont
178. e WANA ADSL PPPoE PPPoA v Details Page WATS Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP w Details Page WANS JSB bell PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANT ADSL PPPoE PPPoA Details Page wt WEARS Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP vw Details Page wana use ee Index Display the WAN interface Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN1 ADSL WAN2 Ethernet WAN3 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Access Mode Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings Details Page This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WAN interface Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 100 Dr ay Te k Details Page for PPPoE PPPOA in WAN1 To choose PPPoE PPPOoA as the accessing protocol of the Internet please select PPPoE PPPOoA from the WAN gt gt Internet Access gt gt WANI page The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE PPPoA Enable Disable MPoA RFC1463 2634 ISP Access Setup DSL Modem Settings Multi P C channel Channel 1 a PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP WPI Idle Timeout ft second s VICI Encapsula
179. e If Transparency Mode is selected in Firewall gt gt General Setup User Management cannot be used any more Please uncheck Transparency Mode first if you want to utilize user management to handle users in LAN WAN or WLAN User Management Dray Tek 159 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 5 1 General Setup General Setup can determine the standard rule based or user based for the users controlled by User Management The mode standard selected here will influence the contents of the filter rule s applied to every user General Setup Mode Rule Gased Notice 1 User Management will refer to active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists in User based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firewall rules designated in the user profile s policy will still valid Welcome Message Max 255 characters Preview Setto Factory Default lt body stats 1l gt lt script langquage Javascript gt Window location http wuaw draytek com lt script gt lt body gt Mode There are two modes offered here for you to choose Each mode will bring different filtering effect to the users involved User Based If you choose such mode the router will apply the filter rules configured in User Management gt gt User Profile to the users Rul
180. e depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task eescegsvesescensceseesevescensenssacenesencesvanevasvensncesasescensvonscaguossseensesevecssassseuseossasesacsonsenossceasessunssescssenesessonsyasuecseasescunssesuenseoenecesseneeesey O Request a certificate Check on a pending certificate Dray Tek Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file i Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer eles ERDO HO HAO BAREA IAM HAW Phd O Or kran A Z bba FIED htp 172 16 2 179 cortsrvicertcare asp JBrz se msi y ORS J EBET AEE X HARERES G19 v Hotmail Qh Mesenger A I MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate ARES C Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router
181. e 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz for data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transit Guard Interval It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable 4 13 8 WMM Configuration WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC_BE AC_BK AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 270 Dray Tek Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WMM Configura
182. e Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable Apply to 2nd Subnet Disable Default TX Limit Kbps Default RX Limit Kbps Limitation List Index Start IP Specific Limitation End IP TX limit EX limit Shared starte e OS Each OShared TX Limit Kbps RX Limit Kbps Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup me Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Disable Default TX limit Default RX limit Limitation List Dray Tek Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Apply to 2 Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the second subnet specified in LAN gt gt General Setup Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page 189 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth Each Shared Select Each to make each IP within the range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit an
183. e Based If you choose such mode the router will apply the filter rules configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup and Filter Rule to the users Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 160 Dray Tek 4 5 2 User Profile This page allows you to set customized profiles up to 200 which will be applied for users controlled under User Management Simply open User Management gt gt User Profile User Management gt gt User Profile User Profile Table Profile Name A A JIFSRBEBRBEPReereP PR Nire admin System Reservation LAN User_Group_1 WLAN User Group 4 WLAN User Group B Cad Mi La teal on ee F CA no oF no j Mi oa k Mi no EE Profile Hame Go iw jes ma ho JRO JRO a BO a ima a mo oe ja Pees i fee Pe ieee ee ees i ee eee e ee F k k Ta Bo k T Ca Kd i pan E We mT r i To set the user profile please click any index number link to open the following page Notice that profile 1 admin and profile 2 System Reservation are factory default settings Profile 2 is reserved for future use User Management gt gt User Profile Profile Index 3 Enable this account User Name Dray Tek Enable this account User Name Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout Max User Login External Server Authentication Lag Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Enable Time Quota Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup LAM User Group 1 min s 0 U
184. e E Advance Sering Echt K im Cinta _ el Dray Tek 155 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup Enable DoS Defense Select All C Enable SYN flood defense C Enable UDP flood defense C Enable ICMP flood defense Threshold so packets sec Timeout io SEC Threshold hso packets sec Timeout io SEC Threshold so packets sec Timeout ho SEC C Enable Port Scan detection Threshold hso packets sec LJ Block IP options LJ Block Land C Block Smurf C Block trace route C Block SYN fragment C Block Fraggle Attack LJ Block TCP flag scan LJ Block Tear Drop C Block Ping of Death C Block ICMP fragment O Block UnknownProtocol Enable Dos Defense Select All Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Click this button to select all the items listed below Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly
185. e Firmware Version Release Date Firmware Vigor120 series 3 2 2 1 26 06 2009 Driver Vigor2100 series 2 6 2 26 02 2008 Utility Vigor2104 series 2 5 7 3 13 02 2008 thy oca Vigor2110 series 3 3 0 25 06 2009 Datasheet Vigor2200 X WI E 2 3 11 22 09 2004 R amp TTE Certification Vigor2200Eplus 2 51 18 02 2009 a Vigor2200USB 2 3 10 16 03 2005 3 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Utility menu and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Utility Utility Downloads Tools Name Release Date Version os Support Model a Router Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows All Modules Driver Syslog Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows XP All Modules MS Vista Utility VigorPro Alert Notice 2009 06 03 1 1 0 MS Windows XP VigorPro 100 series Utility Introduction Tools Multi MS Vista VigorPro 5500 series i language VigorPro 5510 series Datasheet aimada R amp TTE Certification Smart VPN Client 2009 05 25 3 6 3 MS Windows XP All Modules Multi MS Vista language Smart Monitor 2009 03 25 2 0 MS Windows XP Vigor2950 series 4 Click on the link of Router Tools to download the file After downloading the files please decompressed the file onto your host Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 322 Dray Te k 5 Double click on the icon of router tool The setup wizard will appear ie Setup DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 4
186. e IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides 102 Dray Tek service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using S WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer Sieh WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 1f2 16 4 229 Y OCO Wd Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address
187. e Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT Vigor2830 Series User
188. e NlGhovyegti ISFqkiJNihip4stTcjecSh 2 jm QoSUU BcesTG SCkCyeqqu fo ATOFa EB Gyiw 6 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Local Issuer U SICA vigor Subject fermailAddress press draytek comc Twid Draytek Subject Alternative DNS draytek com Mame valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 328 Dray Tek 5 6 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CAServerA CA Server B User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI ED User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list e Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer Ee BRO SED HAO BARFA IAM KAM d Qir O HAG las km Que 2 2B 3 LD S htip 2 172 16 2 179 certsrv manh v PBS SHEER ANEA Brz e SSSR G19 ao Hotmail Gh Messenger Q I MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and mor
189. e Object Profiles Index Name 1 SIP ETF zf 4 6 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name SE FER EB rPrPrePrPeeeer a j ai BPPEBBRBEEPEREB EEE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Dray Te k 171 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects SIP 2 RTP Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service objects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects 4 6 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name SBEBEBBAEBBEBRBEBBEEE A A mi h h h h ble le e e REB erem p peN 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vig
190. e Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command The system allows you to set up to eight channels which are ready for choosing as the first PVC line that will be used as multi PVCs Internet Access gt gt Multi PVCs Multi PVCs General ATM QoS Channel Enable i 2 A dl 4 d 5 WAN 6 WAN 7 WAN B d Port based Bridge Tag based Bridge VPI JU SAREE VCl QoS Type Protocol Encapsulation 1483 Bridged IP LLC v Note PIY CI must be unique for each channel Enable VPI VCI Dray Tek 7 Check this box to enable that channel The channels that you enabled here will be shown in the Multi PVC channel drop down list on the web page of Internet Access Though you can enable eight channels in this page y
191. e deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction Sasa aes Others panama Ine 1 2 3 Canteal Statistics OWANI Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 25 259 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 259 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 2590 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration Dray Te k 191 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WANI Online Statistics Pefresh Interval seconds Retresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 OUT 25 0 2 OT 25 0 3 OJT 25 0 4 DT Others 2
192. e peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 4 connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s Allowed Dial In Type CL PPTP IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy M L Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number orPeerID OO o Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block OK Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 314 Username Password IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Local ID optional Cancel Dray Tek If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Hodie 999 C Enable this account Idle Timeout second s Allowed Dial In Type IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key PPTP l SMared Aey Loo O L IPSec Tunnel O Digital Signature x 509 C L2TP with IPSec Policy Nor CO Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number IPSec Security Method maa High ESP DES v 3DES v AES orPeerID Oo pe Local ID op
193. e peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Tek 219 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name one Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Accept Subject Name Country T State 5T Location L OQrginization 0 Qrginization Unit OU Common Name CCNY Email E Profile Name Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Accept Subject Name Vigor2830 Series User s Guide IP Address ka Type the name of the profile Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E 220 Dray Tek 4 10 7 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be
194. e profiles that have the action Force Down are applied to the WLAN all other actions are ignored Enable Hide SSID SSID Isolate Member Isolate YPN no Pa a 2 E SY 3 D Po 4 0 Po ani Member Wireless clents stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other Isolate VPNiisolate wireless with remote dial in and LAM to LAN YPM Channel Channel 6 245 MHz Long Preamble L Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b devices only lower performance Packet OVERDRIVE Cl Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance Rate Control Enable Download SSID 1 C L kbps SSID 2 CI kbps SSID 3 CI SOO kbps SSID 4 E kbps Note range 100 50 000 kbps Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to 11n Only 11g Only Mixed Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 258 Dr ay Te k Index 1 15 Hide SSID SSID Isolate Channel Dray Tek 11b 11g Mixed 1la 11n Mixed 11g 11n and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n In which 802 11b g operates on 2 4G band 802 11a operates on 5G band and 802 11n operates on either 2 4G or 5G band Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applicat
195. e protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Enable ic Enable Send a test e mail Server IP Address SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Return Path C Authentication Enable syslog message Firewall Log VPN Log User Name User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log DoS Attack Router DSL information IM P2P fi DeayTek Syelog 3 7 0 WAN Satus Gateway P Fund Controis i 192 160 1 1 CH toe Aala TZP Bage chats 10 76 J i J y LAN Satus TX Packets RX Pockets WAN gt Fined p r 41175 KAA 17216322 Vigor Sones RX Packets f lt A PuewellLog VPN Low UerAccoeloe Calller WAN Loa Oten Neteurk lefocmeban WNWelTiee Traffe Groh Teer Herat len 1 00042 Vigor lan 1 000
196. e settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface In such WAN interface no type can be selected If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Active Mode Determine the WAN interface will be active for always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup WAN Always On gy Alw Y 5 D n Backup Backup WAN Backup Type Determine the role of such WAN interface It will be changed according to the Active Mode specified If you choose Always On as Active Mode you can choose one of the backup WAN interfaces from the Backup WAN drop down list Later when such WAN is disconnected for some reason the backup WAN will be activated automatically to prevent data transmission from connection interrupted Active Mode Always On id Backup WAR None v If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup WAN will be changed into Backup Type You have to specify which role the WAN interface should play if you want to backup multiple WANs However ignore this setting if you want to backup a single WAN 40 Dray Tek Active Mode Backup Type Only for Backup Multiple When any WAM eon WANT O when all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup
197. e some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 4P 2300 s print server What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 06 What are the limitations in the USB Printer Port of Vigor Router 07 What is the printing buffer size of Vigor Router 08 How do configure LPR printing on Mac OSX 09 How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port Dray Tek 13 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 14 Dray Te k 2 Configuring Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings 2 1 Two Level Management This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator user and how to adjust basic advanced settings for accessing Internet successfully For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration 2 2 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet a
198. e source IP Dest IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Dest IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Dest Port Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Dest Port End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Move UP Move Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy Dray Tek 119 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide WAN gt gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 L Enable Protocol Binding WAN Interface Auto failover to the other WAN Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Vigor2830 Series User s Guide WAN interface Protocol Choose the WAN interface WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 for binding Auto failover to other WAN Check this button to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface is failover Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Typ
199. e the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts Dray Tek 61 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide NAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Index Service Name Public Port Private IP Status LL H 2 2 7 4 x aT x G x f x x j 10 A A i mk mk Post Vv Vv Next gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection NAT gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Name Frotocol WEAR IF Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Mode Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of priv
200. e the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface 120 Dray Tek 4 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP LAN 4 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addre In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public s
201. e the packet priority number for such VLAN The range 1s from 0 to 7 Choose Always On to make the WANI connection being activated always Always Ori Alw Y Z D n Backup If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup WAN will be changed into Backup Type You have to specify which role the WAN interface should play if you want to backup multiple WANS However ignore this setting if you want to backup a single WAN Active Mode Backup Type Only for Backup Multiple When any WAN disconnect WAN Owhen all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect 98 Dray Tek WANS with USB To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem please configure WANS interface WAN gt General Setup WAN 3 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speedikbps DownLink Uplink Active Mode Backup WAN Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Line Speed Active Mode Backup WAN Dray Tek Yes li Z SB C o Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface In such WAN interface no type can be selected If your choose A
202. e transmitted and received with different PVC Add Tag To identify the usage of PVC check this box to invoke this setting And type the number for VLAN ID number Priority To add the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Click Clear to remove all the configurations in this page if you do not satisfy it When you finish the configuration please click OK to save and exit this page Or click Cancel to abort the configuration and exit this page Dray Tek 117 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Tag based Bridge Tag based Bridge defines which LAN port will be used as a bridge and which tag will be used on the LAN port Tag Based Bridge defines virtual WAN tag for Vigor router Basically one channel can have one Tag ID Internet Access gt gt Multi PVCs Multi PVCs General ATM QoS Port based Bridge Tag based Bridge Channel Enable VLAN Tag Service Type 1 2 3 o 4 oO Normal Enable switch add Tag Enable Check this box to enable that channel Only channel 3 to 8 can be set in this page for channel 1 to 2 are reserved for NAT using VLAN Tag To identify the usage of PVC check this box to invoke this setting And type the number for VLAN ID number Service Type Normally service type is used for the service of video stream e g IPTV It can divide the packets from remote control and from video stream into different PVC In general the protocol used by remote control i
203. echanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Dray Te k 257 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN 4 13 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 11gq4 1in Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup i Only schedul
204. ed For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 5 Dray Te k 291 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 15 11 Activation There are three ways to activate WCE on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF refer to Web Content Filter Profile it is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer Click System Maintenance gt gt Activation to open the following page for accessing http myvigor draytek com System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message WebFilter Service not activate 2010 06 16 OF 56 36 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Activate via Interface Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating Web Content Filter Activate via interface auto selected auto selected Activate The Activate link brings you accessing into www vigorpro com to finish the activation of the account and the router Authentication Message As for authentication information of web filter the process of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your reference Vigor2830 S
205. efer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here 146 Dray Tek Firewall gt gt
206. efresh It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host It displays the representing number for different interface Click it to reload the page 4 16 6 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Ping through Ping to IP Address Run Clear Dray Tek Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Unspecified Host IP IP Address a Ping ta Result Clear Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Click this link to remove the result on the window 297 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 16 7 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before in
207. emote Access gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Branch 1 Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type 64k bps PPTP Username IPSec Tunnel Password eee PPP Authentication PAPICHAP VJ Compression on off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN a such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method 220 135 240 206 Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 one IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 310 Dray Tek If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type 64k bps IPSec Tunnel Password Co
208. emote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKEF Sec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MIDES MlspeES MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings ae Mane Branch 1 Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First L Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP E Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 306 Dray Tek 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy one Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234
209. ent gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Type the WAN IP address or VPN client IP address for the remote client Type the ID name for the remote client Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection 215 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Please Confirm Your Settings YPN Environment Site to Site YPN LAN to LAN Index 3 Profile Mame VPA Serl Username seryerl Allowed Service PPTP IPSec Peer IP YPH Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another VPN Server Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Go to the VPN Connection Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Management Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Connection status Do another VPN Server Click this
210. ent configuration Using factory default configuration Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory ACT WLAN Line O USB DSL Phonet Factory O 5 Reset CSM WAN2 Phone2 After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 6 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support Dray Tek com Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Dray Tek
211. ent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 176 Dray Tek 4 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile You can define policy profiles for IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Protocol Misc application This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements The APP Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall gt gt General Setup for filtering CSM gt A
212. ented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 60000 Strict Make the MAC address and IP address settings 151 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP be bound for applying such filter rule No Strict no limitation Quality of Service Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later
213. entication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor2830 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2830 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor2830n with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 1 1n wireless function of Vigor2830n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN features of Vigor2830n se
214. er J O R WANT IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool O d d d d E E Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type in the private IP address Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type in gateway IP address Default MAC Address Type in MAC address for the router You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC 46 Dray Tek DNS Server IP Address address for your necessity MAC Address Type in the MAC address for the router manually Type in the primary IP address for the router If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for PPPoE in WAN2 To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the Internet please select PPPoE from the WAN gt gt Internet Access gt gt WAN2 page The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP Enable Disable PPP MP Setup ISP Access Setup Username Password WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL Enable Disable ISP Access Setup WAN Connection Detection P
215. er Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 78 Dray Te k Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 3 5 5 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPAZ Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass 802 1 or WPA PSK authentication TZET Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will stil be on the list until the connection expires Add to Access Control Client s MAC address Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list
216. er as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt g
217. eries User s Guide 4 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default Set Comments Set Comments T Default Call Filter 2 Default Data Filter 8 2 ale 4 10 11 b 12 To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down L uP Down L uP Down L UP Down L UP Down 6 L UP Down L UP Next Filter Set Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 148 Dray Tek Firewall gt Edit
218. eries User s Guide 292 Dray Te k Below shows the successful activation of Web Content Filter System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Activate Status Commtouch Start Date 2010 O07 27 Expire Date 2010 08 27 Authentication Message Activated Wiz Activated Wizard query license status Successtul 2010 07 27 05 47 13 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Dray Tek 293 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 16 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics 4 16 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g PPPoE is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 50 YF 22 33 44 00 CE 46 24 05 41 08 00 45 00 00 4B BE 54 00 OO F 11 12 3B CO 48 01 04 AS 5F 0i 01 05 CB OO 35 00 37 ES 91 0i 7401 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 OO O7 r 61 7465 770l 79 0960 65 73 73 65 66 67 65 72 07 68 OF 74 60 61 69 6C 03 63 6F 60 00 00 01 00 01 E6 84 14 00 00 Decoded Format 192 168 1 10 1483 gt 168 95
219. ertificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Dray Te k 325 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name Domain Name draytek com Subject Name Country C TW State ST Location L Orginization 0 Draytek Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E press draytek com Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek emailAddress Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MIIBQjCCARNC AGAWOTELNARKGALUEBHNCYFcxEDAOCBGNVBAOTBORYYX1LOZUsxIDie BokqhkiG9SwOBCQEVEXByZXNzOGRYyYYZLOZWsuY2 StNIGENADGCS AGS IbSDOEBAQUA A4GNADCBiQKBg DPioahu gF OAYB1iceSOERSD VknIdHblolktScTdaLUDaFk6s8d 3uwDeQytoViLBJz2IDFOx4jxX6ipTevl87 twwTsg41qZ60k rGhuVTKda3j6PlernkP dus4t23cUBaAMD4uscsVmS yD ISHLAJAxVYPUpNKVIroT2RZjKRMAaHEWpYpwIDAQAB oCkwJwYJ Koz ThycNaGkOMNRowGDAUBGNVHREEDza
220. eserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel VPN Tunnel Private Network Cooperate Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 10 Click Edit to open a new window Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 Name DiffServ Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type Empty 5 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 320 DrayTek 11 12 Dray Tek Click Add to open the following window Check the ACT box first Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT DiffServ CodePoint IP precedence 4 Service Type oY SLOG UDP 514 Note Please choose setup the Service Type first Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK 321 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 5 4 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Using Firmware Upgrade Utility Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools 1 Goto www DrayTek com 2 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Firmware menu and click it Search the model you have and click on it to download the newly update firmware for your router About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Downloads Downloads Firmware Downloads Model Nam
221. ess for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 127 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 2 3 Static Route Use LAN Port Specify an IP for IP Route Subnet If it is enabled DHCP server will assign IP address automatically for the clients coming from P1 and or P2 Please check the box of P1 and P2 Use MAC Address Check such box to specify MAC address MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one
222. et only one channel can be chosen on the web page of Internet Access Type in the value provided by your ISP Type in the value provided by your ISP 113 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide QoS Type Select a proper QoS type for the channel Protocol Select a proper protocol for this channel Protocol PPPoE Encapsulation Choose a proper type for this channel The types will be different according to the protocol setting that you choose 1483 Route IP LLC 1403 Bridged IP VWC Mux 1403 Routed IP VC Mux IPoA LLOSSNAP 1453 Bridged IPMRoE WAN link for Channel 5 6 and 7 are provided for router borne application such as TR 069 The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP For your special request please contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 5 6 or 7 to configure your router Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 114 Dr ay Te k WAN gt gt Multi PVCs gt gt PVC Channel 5 WAN for Router borne Application Management Enable Disable DSL Modem Settings VPI i VEI 45 WAN Connection Detection QoS Type UBR Protocol PPPoA Encapsulation ve MUA Mode ARP Detect mi Ping IP TTL PPPoE PPPoA Client MPoA RFC1483 2634 ISP Access Setup Obtain an IP address automatically ISP Name Router Name Vigor i lz Username Domain Name j Password _ Required for some ISPs PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Specify an IP address Always On IP Address Idle T
223. ewall actory Rese rm OFF 2 3 a DSL use PWR GigaLAN 1 WAN2 Giga Interface Description Wireless LAN Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to wait for client device ON OFF WPS making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button twice to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking GigaLAN 1 4 DSL WAN2 Giga USB PWR ON OFF Dray Tek Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Connecters for local network devices Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 Connecters for remote networked devices Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer Connecter for a power adapter Power Switch 5 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 1 2 3 For Vigor2830Vn Wirelass LAN OMOFFIWFS act WLAN Line w Go USB OSL Phone Factory O Resi CSM WANZ Fhone 2 LED ACT Activity USB CSM WLAN DSL WAN2 Line Phone 1 2 LED on Connector GigaLAN 1 2 3 4 WAN2 Giga Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Drey Tel SEIE Blinking Off 5 Blinking Q 5 5 Blinking Blinking Blinking ololo RIS 5 5 Blinking Left LED Green
224. ey Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 0123456789abc or 0x30313233343536373839414243 Mode Vigor2830 Series User s Guide There are several modes provided for you to choose Mode Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP lt Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK 76 Dray Tek WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such
225. f URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box Pit DrayTek Syslog 39 1 197 168 1 1 z wan Information WON IP Fixed 172 16 2 213 LAN Status T Packets Re Packets Wahl2 IP Fixed 20459 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read ont Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 012600 RECOMMENDED CODEP AGE O50 ANSLOERM Traditional Chinese Bigo O0al 21 O0a6 Fe 008963 O0aa 61 O0ad 2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 00b3 33 0069 31 O0baot Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance Dray Tek 153 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule DrayTek Banner Please uncheck this box and the following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web page The default setting is Enabled
226. face Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed 55 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide through the WAN interface 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP LAN 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addre In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to comm
227. fied PC on this web page of Wake on LAN WOL of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Wake by Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac Address E EY Result Oo Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address MAC Address IP Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Dray Tek Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address YY YL Result Send command to client done 205 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 10 VPN and Remote Access
228. formation P eterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 all Country SWITZERLAND i Career Supervisor v 6 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Dray Tek Create an account Please enter personal profile Gprareement Personal Information How did you find out about this website What kind of anti virus do you use would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Sdcomptetion 333 Internet v J Antivir v Global Server W Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 7 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E Preferences START 8 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek com Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation lnk below to activate your account Link
229. fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets Check the box to enable such function All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall settings configured by Vigor router if such feature is enabled If the firewall system does not have any response pass or block for these packets such as no response coming from web content filter then the router s 144 Dray Tek Default Rule Page firewall will block the packets directly Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS Load Balance policy WCF APP Enforcement URL Content Filter AI AV AS for data transmission via Vigor router Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Actions for default rule Application Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Load Balance Policy Dray Tek Default Rule Action Profile Syslog s7 60000 Mone Auto Select Mo
230. functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang 157 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Block ICMP Fragment Block Unknown Protocol Warning Messages Vigor2830 Series User s Guide once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate th
231. g web page will appear WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE PPPoA Enable Disable DSL Modem Settings Multi P c channel Channel 2 Encapsulation 1463 Bridged IP LLC v PI VEI Modulation WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL RIP Protocol C Enable RIP Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode Enable Disable DSL Modem Settings WAN Connection Detection Dray Tek Multimode il Oo ARP Detect i MP oA RFC1493 2634 WAN IP Network Settings __ AN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically vor oo Required for some ISPs Router Name Domain Name Hf Specify an IP address Gateway IP Address fe Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address lao Eo Fr Ho o J DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by
232. g printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www DrayTek com Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes Documents Ei G Control Panel E Network Connections Printers and Faxes of Taskbar and Start Menu Settings Search Help and Support Run Log OFF coco lee Internet Explorer Mac 3 Open File gt Add Printer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Dray Tek f Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections e If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects LD through a USB port for any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable S Printers and Faxes Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your Add Printer T computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties S a Sea Windows will automatically install the printer for you set Up Faxing To c
233. gemen sccccececesersectccsuessrecenneesvieseen aca RER A 232 4 11 Certificate Management cccccccccccccecssseeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeessseeeeeesseeeaeeeeeeessaaeaeeeeeeeeesaaas 233 ATI AO CAS SUFI C AUC assener nET E AEE T ET ET 233 AA Vee Trusted CA CErniNCalE sirsie a E a R e EE 235 Al Wi 3 Ceme ALS BaCi A EA 236 TZ OU e E E E E EE 236 AT DE E a E E EE EE E 238 Ae SIP ACCOUN r E eee ee eee eneee ere eee ieee 246 Aa POE SC WINGS espn eteg ct ecos ener Ea E 249 71 ly F227 sc 0 cee ee eee ee 255 4 13 Wireless LAN ccccccccccssceceseeccenseceaececeuseeceueeeceeessaaeecsaeecsaeeessaeeesaueeesaueessuseessueessueeessags 256 4 13 1 Basic GONGCEDIS wicssdsescctcacexoemestcncdetaasamcasid enea EU a eaa i eE d EEN 256 4 13 2 General SCtUP cc cceccccccccccceeesseceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeceeeeesseeeasseecessseaaaaeeeeeeesessuaaaeeeess 258 Wi OS OUI osea E E E N E EE apes 261 4 13 4 Access CONTIOl cccccccccccccseessseeeeeecceeeassseeeeeecseaasseeeeecessseauaeeeeeeeeseseaagseeeeeesssaaseeeess 263 ATAN e E E E sibeodee sees dedacianuiesdentes 264 Dray Te K ix Vigor2830 Series User s Guide TAN BOL E reap encase E E E EE A T 267 4 13 7 Advanced Setting ccc cccssseeeccceecsccssseneeecesecccsseeeeecensccasseeeeeeesseccssseneeeenssscceseneeeees 269 4 13 8 WMM Configuration ccccccceececccececeeeeseeeceeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeseesseeeeeeesssseaaeeeeeeeesssaaaeseeeees 270 BNO DISCOV ECLY oerien ie Ea a
234. go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 IC sUSicN vigor Mot Yet Valid lew Delete Trusted CA 2 lew Delete Trusted CA 3 WEW Delete IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Trusted CA 1 Issuer Ml USreoN vigor Subject IOsUSiehl vigar Subject Alternative Name Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid Ta Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close ONS draytek com Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 330 Dr ay Te k 5 7 Creating an Account for MyVigor The website of MyVigor a server located on http myvigor draytek com provides several useful services such as Anti Spam Web Content Filter Anti Intrusion and etc to filtering the web pages for the sake of protecting your system To access into MyVigor for getting more information please create an account for MyVigor 5 7 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router 1 Click CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile The following page will appear CSM gt Web Co
235. gt User Password User Password Old Password fe New Password fs Confirm Password fe Dr ay Tek 283 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 4 15 5 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file es 2 Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File k J config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 284 Dray Te k 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself Emy Documents Es 4 4 My Computer My Recen
236. hannel etc Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 72 Dray Te k Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data prote
237. hared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES 4 10 6 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity x509 Peer ID Accounts Set to Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 777 x if 2 x fa 777 x 18 Pi x ae T77 x 19 27 x 4 2 x 20 27 x 5 777 x 1 777 x G 777 k 22 777 x T 777 x 3 See x a 777 K 24 777 x 9 777 ki Pua 2 x 10 777 x 26 777 x 11 777 x i 777 x 12 777 x 20 777 x 13 T77 x Fas 2 x 14 777 x 30 27 x 15 777 x 31 777 x 16 777 k az 777 x Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Name Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit on
238. hase a formal edition simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page The default setting for Setup Query Server Setup Test Server is auto selected You can choose another server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable one CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name le Default 5 2 b J f 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Cache L1 L Cache lt hody gt lt center gt lt hr gt lt br gt lt br lt p gt The requested Web page lt br gt from 51Ps lt hr gt to URL lt hr gt that ia categorized with CLs lt br gt has been blocked by PNANE Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt hody gt Activate Click it to access into MyVigor for activating WCF service Setup Query Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected You need to specify a server for categorize searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile Setup Test Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 184 D
239. he router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification STUN Settings The default is Disable If you click Enable please type the relational settings listed below Server IP Type the IP address of the STUN server Server Port Type the port number of the STUN server Minimum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the minimum period The default setting is 60 seconds Maximum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the maximum period A value of 1 indicates that no maximum period is specified 4 15 3 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password 0 Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 4 15 4 User Password This page allows you to set new password for user operation system Maintenance gt
240. his entry Comment Make a name for the defined network application service WAN Interface Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Local Computer Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host Dr ay Tek 67 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 4 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications 3 4 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server
241. hosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Mame Index 1 RO Department if 2 Financial Dept 18 3 HF Department 19 4 0 J 1 4 6 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name ee a a a a i jM Ml i A a S eee Pett AA A a FerEFBRESBrerrereeee Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 168 Dray Tek Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Mame Administration Interface Available IP Objects 1 RD Department 2 Financial Dept 3 HF Department Selected IP Objects Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Dray Tek 169 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 6 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Set
242. i HANG PPPOE Y1 T 1 PADI IDO 4 ADSL Status ee a e e a jee eres fees fee Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor2830 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Such function is available in Admin Mode only g Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Such function is available in Admin Mode only Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 344 Dray Tek System Maintenance gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using curr
243. ial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Server IP Address f Destination Port 1812 Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port Shared Secret Confirm Shared Secret Dray Tek The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation 201 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 9 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on
244. ial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the PSec policy first if it 1s applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Check the checkbox You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and 222 Dray Tek Multicast via VPN Subnet User Name Password Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Dray Tek security methods in the general settings Netbios Naming Packet Pass Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might
245. ic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP LETP L2ETP over IPSec Authentication Username server IPSec LeTP over IPSec Authentication C Digital Signature 509 Peer ID Peer IP YPH Client IP 192 168 1 99 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 214 Dray Te k Dray Tek When you check IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting IPSec f L2TP over IPSec Authentication Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Peer IP YPN Client IP Peer ID Profile Name User Name Password Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above For PSec L2TP IPSec authentication you have to type a pre shared key Type the pre shared key again for confirmation Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Managem
246. ically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the
247. ies User s Guide 304 Dray Te k J Application and Examples 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Router A Internet Router B 220 135 240 208 220 135 240 210 Remote Branch Office Headquarter 192 168 2 0 192 168 1 0 Settings in Router A in headquarter L Dray Tek Go to VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set rere PAP or CHAP PAP or CHAP Authentication Assigned IP range 192 168 1200 Dial In PPP Encryption Pa MPPE Optional MPPE w MPPE s Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set 305 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and R
248. igor2830 Series User s Guide 278 Dray Tek Free Capacity It displays the free space of the USB storage disk Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Index It displays the number of the client which connecting to FTP server IP Address It displays the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server Username It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server When you insert USB storage disk into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds 4 14 5 Syslog Explorer Such page provides real time syslog and displays the information on the screen USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog L Enable Web Syslog Refresh Clear Time Message For Web Syslog Enable Web Syslog Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog Syslog Type Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be displayed Display Mode There are two modes for you to choose otop record wher Stoo record when fulls Always record the new event Stop record when fulls when the capacity of syslog is full the system will stop recording Always record the new event only the newest events will be recorded by the system Time Display the time of the event occurred Message Display the information for each event Dr ay Tek 279 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide For USB Syslog This page displays the syslog recorded
249. imeout 1 second s Subnet Mask i IP Address From ISP Gateway IP Address Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP DNS Server IP Address Fixed IP Address WAN for Router borne Application Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Choose the router service for channel 5 6 or 7 Management It can be specified for general management Web configuration telnet TRO69 If you choose Management the configuration for this PVC will be effective for Web configuration telnet TRO69 VoIP It can be specified for VoIP only If you choose VoIP the configuration for this PVC will be effective for VoIP data transmitting and receiving For other settings refer to Details Page for PPPoE PPPoA in WANI Dray Tek 115 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide ATM QoS Such configuration is applied to upstream packets Such information will be provided by ISP Please contact with your ISP for detailed information Internet Access gt gt Multi PVCs Multi PVCs General ATM O08 Port based Bridge Tag based Bridge Channel QoS Type PCR SCR MBS 1 o oS oF 2 co co oo 3 bo Boo Bo 7 a 8 oO 7 oo Note 1 Set 0 means default value 2 PCRimax ADSL Up Speed 53 8 QoS Type Select a proper QoS type for the channel according to the information that your ISP provides PCR It represents Peak Cell Rate The default setting is 0 SCR It represents Sustainable Cell Rate The value of SCR must be smaller than PCR MBS
250. ing to the Active Mode specified If you choose Always On as Active Mode you can choose one of the backup WAN interfaces from the Backup WAN drop down list Later when such WAN is disconnected for some reason the backup WAN will be activated automatically to prevent data transmission from connection interrupted Active Mode Always On Backup WAM Mone y If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup WAN will be changed into Backup Type You have to specify which role the WAN interface should play if you want to backup multiple WANs However ignore this setting if you want to backup a single WAN Active Mode Backup Type Only for Backup Multiple When any WAN aieOuee WANT O when all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect Dr ay Tek 37 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide WAN2 with Ethernet WAN2 is fixed with physical mode of Giga Ethernet WAN gt General Setup WAN 2 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speed kKbps DownLink UpLink VLAN Tag insertion Tag value Priority Active Mode Backup WAM Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Line Speed VLAN Tag insertion Yeas Auto negotiation iy jj Disable O 4095 ii O 7 Always On Mo
251. ink of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction eas haa eh Others andai a 1 2 3 Control Statistics WANT Enable Kkbps Kbps Outbound 259 259 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 259 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 2595 2595 2596 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Fule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name NWO Status Local Address Remote Address Diffserv CodePoint Ba 1 Empty E 5 For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT DiffServ CodePoint ANY w Service Type ANY w Note Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Check this box to invoke these settings Local Address Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 194 Dray Te k Remote Address Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule Edit It allows you to edit source address information J http 192_168_1_1 doc QosIpEdthtm Microsoft Internet
252. interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface In such WAN interface no type can be selected If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by WANI Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range 1s from 0 to 7 Choose Always On to make the WANI connection being activated always 96 Dray Tek Always On Backup WAN If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup WAN will be changed into Backup Type You have to specify which role the WAN interface should play if you want to backup multiple WANS However ignore this setting if you want to backup a single WAN Active Mode Backup Type Only for Backup Multiple When any WAN disconnect WAN O when all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect WAN2 with Ethernet WAN is fixed
253. ion Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog WANT IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool T Y Y 2 a Reb m imi m iN N Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP 105 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide DNS Server IP Address Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data I
254. ion Mode b4 Bit Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 Key 4 For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or Ox4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 0123456789abc or Ox30313233534353563 73859414245 Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose Dray Te k 261 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide WPA WEP Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Disable s Note You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously if 802 1x mode is selected Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP lt Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WEP 802 1x Only Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA2 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol Mixed WPA WPA2 802 1x only Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed
255. ions gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it LAN Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Channel aS a Channel 9 2452MHz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462MHz Channel 12 246 MHz Channel 13 247 2MHz 259 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Long Preamble This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most m
256. it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 190 Dray Tek One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service C
257. ity Active Mode Backup WAM Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Line Speed VLAN Tag insertion Active Mode and Backup WAN Backup Type Vigor2830 Series User s Guide ADSL B B Disable for channel 1 PPPOE PPPOA e eo ans oj an Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface In such WAN interface no type can be selected If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by WANI Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range 1s from 0 to 7 Active Mode Determine the WAN interface will be active for always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup WAN 36 Dray Tek Always On Aly a Y Z B n Backup Backup WAN Backup Type Determine the role of such WAN interface It will be changed accord
258. k this link to remove the result on the window 90 Dray Tek 3 8 3 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time The following two figures display different charts by daily and weekly Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WANI Bandwidth Refresh Min s 1_ Refresh WANT Bandwidth WAN Bandwidth WANS Bandwidth SESSIONS The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 WAN3 Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past 3 8 4 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through Unspecified v Protocal ICMP v Host IP Address Ooo Fun Result Clear Dr ay Te k 91 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspe
259. k to enable router always keep VPN connection IKE Authentication Method usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Confirm the pre shared key Click Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Peer ID Choose the peer ID selection from the drop down list Local ID Choose Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above 210 Dray Tek Remote Network IP Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the
260. l form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message 254 Dray Tek InBand CutBand RF C2833 SIP INFO cisco format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode 4 12 4 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port VoIP gt gt Status Status Refresh Seconds Rx Elapse Tx Rx Rx i In Out Miss Speaker Peek iatis Liden PRBN hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts ao Calls Calls Calls Gain Phoned IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Phone IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Log Date Time Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID ron dd yyyy i ihh rti 33 00 00 E 0 00 OO0 O0 00 00 0 00 OO0 O0 00 00 0 00 OO0 O0 oo oO0 MOoOOoOoOoOo oo MEEEMERM gt VOIP is encrypted MEMKEREM VOIP isn t encrypted Refresh Seconds Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately when the Refresh button is clicked Fefresh Seconds Port It shows current connection status for Phone s and ISDN ports Status It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indi
261. l provide you information about user name password and authentication mode If you click PPPoE or PPPoA as the protocol please manually enter the Username Password provided by your ISP Then click Next Quick Start Wizard Set PPPoE PPPoA WAN 1 Weer Name Password Confirm Password User Name Password Confirm Password B4005755 hinet net Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Retype the password Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface Physical Mode Physical Type VPI VCI Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP Primary DNS Secondary DNS Vigor2830 Series User s Guide WANI ADSL Auto negotiation 0 33 PPPoE LLC No 20 Dray Tek Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 2 4 1 1 1483 Bridged IP 1483 Routed IP If you choose 1483 Bridged IP 1483 Routed IP as the protocol you will get the following page Please type in the IP address information originally provided by your ISP Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 VBI WC Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Second ON
262. lder_ htm Microsoft Internet Explorer USB User Management Choose Folder Folder Name Create New Home Folder Folder Name test Create Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ and space Only 11 characters are allowed It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB storage disk must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such 82 Dray Tek profile Before you click OK you have to insert a USB storage disk into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration 3 6 3 File Explorer File Explorer offers an easy way for users to view and manage the content of USB storage disk connected on Vigor router USB Application gt gt File Explorer File Explores D a Current Path Upload Fila Select a file Browse Upload Note The folder can not be deleted when it is not empty Click this icon to refresh files list Refresh Back Click this icon to return to the upper directory Click this icon to add a new folder Create Current Path Display current folder Upload Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB storage disk The uploaded file in the USB storage disk can be shared for other user through FTP 3
263. le click on Network Connections Webwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTerBroadcom 4402 10 1700 Ir This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks im File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks os Packet Scheduler pg Internet Protocol TEFAF Install Uninstall Properties Description Transmission Control Protocol lnternet Protocol The default Wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectryity Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 340 Dr ay Te k 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an I
264. line Status ccccccccsssscccccssssececceeessececceeeeeecesseaseeeessuauseesssauseeeesssasesessssaeees 165 AO ODECE OELG een a E R 166 WM ODGO eene N E E sat fetdeseasGasesseenencasencicess 166 AO SIP GO eene e e a E sarees 168 4 6 3 Service Type ODJeCt cccccccssssseceecccceeesssseeeeeccceesuseeeeeceeeeeauseeeeeeesseeaaseeeeeessseaaaaseeeess 170 4 6 4 Service Type Grou ccccccsssssssscececcceeeassseeeeeeceeeeusseeeeeecseeeaauseceeeeesseeaaageeeesssssaasseeeetess 171 4 6 5 Keyword Object sxies decctosasdsesassidadsscassussaraeduceavacteudetendedysveciendstaededsesashccdettaadsndarentehettateees 172 4 6 6 Keyword GIOUD sesscscecc cndesssasdicudsteassdedsasieacatsheneuderendedyiveeiendsandedstsanddedsnaccasstsvesdepeaeastevecs 173 A 6 7 File Extension ODOC asnu E a aia a E E 174 AOON POE e A E N eee eee re 176 4 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile cccccccecccseeeceeseeceeeeeceeeeeseseesauceesaueeseueessaeeeseueeessaeeesaaees 177 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile cc ceccccccccessecceeeceeseeeeeeeseceeeseeeeeeeeseeaeceeesseeeceesaeeeeess 180 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile cccccccccccseeeceeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeesaeeesseeeesssaeaeseeeeessessaaaeeseeeess 184 4 8 Bandwidth Management cccccsseecccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeesseeeeeseeeeeseaseeessaeeeessageeesaeaseesaass 187 BV SSS ONS LIM Sy sateeceetaesact ane bceepiccseatdeacemeat e R A Ea 187 A9 2 Bandwidin CIDI cenaren Aa AAA 189 4 o UII O S GIVICE sean e
265. ll be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid DSL Modem Settings Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen VPI Type in the value provided by ISP Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 42 Dray Tek PPPoE Pass through WAN Connection Detection ISP Access Setup IP Address From ISP Dray Tek VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP Protocol Drop down the list to choose the one provided by ISP If you have already used Quick Start Wizard to set the protocol then it is not necessary for you to change any settings in this group Modulation Drop down the list to choose a proper modulation for the router The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet through such direction For Wired LAN If you check this box PCs on the same network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into
266. lls Act Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Last Call Return Out Call Forward All Act Call Forward Deact Call Forward Busy Act im m Setto Factory Default Lo Last Call Return Out 14 a numbert t Call Forward Deact cI number Call Forward No Ans Act 2 number Do Not Disturb Deact FIO lea oo F H Hide caller ID Deact Call Waiting Deact r 2 oJ Black Anonymous Deact Block Unknow Domain Deact M4 jey Black IP Calls Deact F m TE H Check this box to enable this function Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Call Forward No Ans Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming Vigor2830 Series
267. lso can guide you to upgrade firmware Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System 1 Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www DrayTek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp DrayTek com 2 Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file Click Upgrade to upload the file TFITP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 3 6 1 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running on E W M e Do you want to upgrade firmware 3 Select a firmware file by clicking Browse 4 Click Upgrade to perform the firmware upgrade Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 324 Dray Tek 5 5 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CAServerA CA Server B ED User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI Se GD User requests a certificate issued by CA Server Aand Saves it 1 Goto Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local C
268. ly gt 7 Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 102 PPTP L2TP Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server ISP Access Setup Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page PPP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 110 Dray Tek after passing through the time without any action IP Address Assignment WAN IP Alias f you have multiple public IP addresses and Method IPCP would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are
269. m Your COMPUtEL ccccceceseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeesaeaeeseeeeesessuaageeeeeeees 342 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or NoOt cccccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 343 6 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection ccccccccccccsesseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeceeeeesuaaseeeeeeessaaaseeseeeess 343 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary on ennenen 344 6 7 CONAC yO SANE saa ceriarcccncahieieaeecstanctin ea vnacunne r ta mala tescten aidan coat 345 Dray Te k xi Vigor2830 Series User s Guide a Preface Vigor2830 series is an ADSL2 router It integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DES the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 32 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition Vigor2830 series supports USB interface for connecting USB prin
270. m your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright ACT z Dray Wireless LAN ON OFFIWPS ACT WLAN Line O USB DSL Phonet Factory l Reset CSM WAN2 Phone2 3 If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again Dray Te k 339 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www DrayTek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then doub
271. mmtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Activation Date JI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCE package from retailing outlets 4 Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows please click Next Service Activation Wizard Please confirm your settings Sevice Type Trial version Sevice Activated Web Content Filter Commtouch Please click Back to re select service type you to activate 5 Wait fora moment till the following page appears Service Activation Wizard Connection Succeeded Please check the following item s to enable services on your router Enable Web Content Filter Finish When such page appears you can enable or disable these services for your necessity Then click Finish Note The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup Dray Tek 29 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 6 Now the web page will display the service that you have activated according to your selection s The valid time for the free trial of these services is one month Service Activation Wizard Server Enabled
272. n Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means 1f the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Disable 4 SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec DND Do Not Disturb Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy Dray Te k 251 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Prefer Codec Vigor2830 Series User s Guide tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Application gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up
273. n fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool ILe Y 172 16 3 102 Y 172 16 3 200 2 lt 3 4 m aNg N im mN ins Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router 107 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP in WAN2 For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To
274. n retrieving information from the router it DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Controls 192 168 1 1 w lt WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate Vigor series 0 0 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate EE ae a 0 0 Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description 515 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc Y 192 168 1 1 255 255 2 00 50 7F 54 6 NIC Information MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 192 168 1 10 DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask 255 299 299 1 EENT Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 168 95 1 1 Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 lt nt ADSL Status Ee Eee Bee Ee DNS Servers Dray Tek 287 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 15 7 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2010 Apr Frid 1 58 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin ka Enable Daylight Saving F Automatically Update Interval Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this o
275. name Fixed IP Address OoOo Password Doo WAN IF Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 102 Subnet Mask 256 255 0 0 PPTP L2TP Client Mode Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server ISP Access Setup Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field PPP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action IP Address Assignment WAN IP Alias f you have multiple public IP addresses and Method IPCP would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other Dray Tek 51 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide than the current one you are using WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool
276. nd a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard ICP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct 8 Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel Dray Tek 11 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use mr Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your pri
277. ndwidth Management Bandwidth Management 4 8 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Dray Tek 187 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Start IF Index Specific Limitation starti o Disable 100 Max Sessions end IP Maximum Sessions Administration Message Max 250 characters You have reached the maximum number of permitted Internet sessians lt p gt Please close one or more applications to allow furthur Internet access lt psContact your system administrator for further information Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Disable Default session limit Limitation List Start IP End IP Maximum Sessions Add
278. ne e i A Cancel Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Auto negotiation 10M half duplex Physical Type 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by WANI Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Active Mode and Backup Active Mode Determine the WAN interface will be active for Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 38 Dray Tek WAN Backup Type always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup WAN Aly e Y Z B H Backup Backup WAN Backup Type Determine the role of such WAN interface It will be changed according to the Active Mode specified
279. ne Mone Mone meN NNN N Mone 4 Edit Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules Filter The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 60000 Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy 145 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Auto Select Auto Select Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create Mew Group ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to selelct please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information r
280. ne 00 00 00 Management IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps Sas DJa 0 0 a 0 WAN 6 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application YES ADSL nas 00 00 00 Management IP GW IFP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps D D 0 0 WAN 7 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application Yes ADSL aai 00 00 00 Management IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps ae Sa 0 0 0 T 2 7 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you o em Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 32 Dray Tek 3 1 WAN User Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute simple configuration through user mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Do not type any word both username and password are Null for user operation on the window and click Login on the window Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that User mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Vigor2830 Series ADSL2 Secunty Firewall Auto Logout 4 System Status Quick Start
281. nel 6 Mode WEP only Multiple SSIDs Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections Each SSID can be defined with different name and download upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the router wirelessly Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security m
282. nel Phone2 allowS you to set general settings for PSTN phones Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Codec The default Codec setting for each port will be shown in this field for your reference You can click the number below the Index field to change it for each phone port Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them Manual IPF precedence 1 IP precedence 2
283. ng Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1 TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off VoIP gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Phone 1 Tone Settings Region ser Defined ii Caller ID Type FSK_ETSI J Low Freg High Freq Toni Toffi Ton T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec Congestion tone o oO Volume Gain DTMF Mic Gaing 1 10 OTMF Mode Speaker Gaing1i 10 S a ae ior MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 27 Ring Frequency 10 SOH2 5 Region Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone c
284. ng needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 152 Dray Te k Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here E http 4 192 168_1_l docfipfedrady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute DrayTek Banner Strict Security Checking CI APP Enforcement Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCH after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness o
285. nge of routing information between routers Default RIP Protocol Control Disable _ Ist Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The Configuration router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs th
286. ni 18 e FON AN e E E E A 19 eA FOTN ON a E E A E ea pacaecanoeneesa a oconeneuoreses 22 e FONAN I a E A E E vos muses se onto a acest eaeeennncaneesuore ses 2 2 5 Service Activation WIZAMC ccccccceececccceeeecaeesseeceeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeseeeeeeeeeseeaseeeeeeeessuaaeeeeeeeneees 28 2 0 INNIS SAUS enie a a a a iE EE aE 31 2 6 1 Physical GOMMECUON sesane n a aa aA aa Taaa E a a a EER 31 26 2 Virtual WAN erraren ienesis e aE E eaea EAEE EAEE 32 2A SAVING Connora O ispune aaa a a a aa eR 32 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP INGIWOIK wiosmnasiiewecostasncurnemesinderianeudantevanaSnanwentvohinutaiicia 33 SUAE a e e Ee i o a A E E N E E E N A E 35 o Ls NCIC CCC S aa asane E E raai 41 3 1 4 EO Bs aii ONC irissat inenen aiae an aT 54 SAE A E E S A E E EA E E E A E A T scene 56 92 1 BASICS O LAIN secririsrsieuernrns iE Ea E a eE iR raara 56 g2 2 General oE UDa O E E E E 58 RENAT rE E E EE EE dave E E E ES E EEEN 60 EPO PICO INC GUGM aaran E E E E EE E ETAO 61 To DNA AO acc cis ain ce teenage A E EAE EOE A E E 64 TS SIN ONS ae E EE AE E 66 Da lC O aan E E ee AE eee er oe 68 Dray Te K vii Vigor2830 Series User s Guide eV IN DNS sinnini eie ie i i e Ea eaa aseina 68 aA e URAP e ee E E E E E EA E 70 6 Rae W TE SLAN ee E ee ee ee ee 72 Tal co 3 OUNCE ee enna ee me ee re eee one eee 72 TO ASI Me sce apa cece T O A E AT T T E oust 74 mio feo fee 121 0 dh AE E EA EE A E T E eee ee 76 ACS SONU bars sh sete nes essa ccderd
287. njoy surfing on the Internet Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 26 Dray Tek 2 4 3 For WAN3 To use 3G USB modem for network connection please choose WAN3 Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WANS Physical Mode USB Physical Type i Then click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANG Physical Mode USB Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PFF Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Dray Tek 27 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 2 5 Service Activation Wizard Service Activation Wizard can guide you to activate WCF service Web Content Filter with a quick and easy way For the Service Activation Wizard is only available for admin operation therefore please type admin admin on Username Password while Logging into the web configurator Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com For using Web Content Filter Profile please refer to later section Web Content Filter Profile for detailed information N
288. nlimited o_o nlimited Web Alert Tool Telnet o mings Refresh more bo mini Check this box to enable such user profile Type a name for such user profile e g LAN_User_Group_l WLAN_User_Group_A WLAN_User_Group_B etc When a 161 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout Max User Login Policy External Service Vigor2830 Series User s Guide user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the User Name specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router However the accessing operation will be restricted with the conditions configured in this user profile Type a password for such profile e g lug123 wug123 wug456 etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the password specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router with the limitation configured in this user profile Type the password again for confirmation If the user is idle over the limitation of the timer the network connection will be stopped for such user By default the Idle Timeout is set to 10 minutes Such profile can be used by many users You can set the limitation for the number of users
289. nly O adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Tx Burst izable Enable Note means the real transmission rate depends on the environment of the network Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 260 Dray Te k 4 13 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it The default security mode is Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Default Pre Shared Key PSK is provided and stated on the label pasted on the bottom of the router For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such router please input the default PSK value for connection By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WPA and WEP Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings SSID 1 SSID 2 SSID 3 SSID 4 Mode Disable Set up RADIUS Server if 802 1 is enabled WPA Encryption Mode TEIP for WPA AES for WPA Pre Shared Key PSK Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOlae or Ox655abed WEP Encrypt
290. nnection for the user Display the idle timeout setting for such profile Block can prevent specified user accessing into Internet Unblock the user will be blocked Logout the user will be logged out forcefully 165 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 6 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Setting 4 6 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name SFEFEREBEerPRPerPeee i i Li Li u ju l SFEBEBABEBEEBRBEBEBE an Po eal Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 166 Dr ay Te k Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 11 Hame Interface Address Type Mac Address Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Name Interface Address Type MAC Address Start IP Address Dray Tek RD Department A
291. nt Profile profile Name O Profile Index 1 IM P P Protocol Misc Advanced Management a Activity Application MSH YahooIM AIMtc v5 94 ITQ Login d d d d Message d d F d File Transfer Fi d L LI Game d T d d ConferencefVideo Voice E O F LI Other Activities d O d IM Application VoIP O AIMe U QQ TM CliChat Cl Jabber GoogleTalk Cl Googlechat O Fire C GaduGadu C Paltalk L skype Ll Kubao Olonext Oleocoypp365 AresChat E AA Licizma C SIP RTP Oke COLavwa Lava Oicuz Oispa ClTelTel TeamSpeak Oue C MobileMmSN BaiduHi Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSN meebo eBuddy ILovelM ICQ Java ICO Flash qgoowy IMhaha getMessenger ElwebtM URLS Miinan Wablet mabber MSN2GO KoollM MessengerFX MessengerAdictos WebYahoolM Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 178 Dray Tek The items categorized under P2P CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Po Protocol Misc IM P2P Protocol Aplications SSS Cl SoulSeek SoulSeek JeDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza FastTrack Kazaa BearShare iMesh 1 OpenFT KCeasy FilePipe Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy KCeasy OpenNap Lopster XNap WinLop CL BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet winny Winny Winks Share Other P2P Applications LJ sunlei L vagaa LJPP365 LJpoca LJ clubbos C Ares ezPeer Pando Cl Huntmine ClKkuw
292. nt corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Te k 221 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication second s C Enable this account Idle Timeout Allowed Dial In Type PPTR IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify Remote Node Username ere C Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP3 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared key Password Pemoate Client IP or Peer ISON Number Netbios Naming Packet Multicast via YPN Subnet User account and Authentication Allowed Dial In Type Specify Remote Node Vigor2830 Series User s Guide C Digital Signaturet 509 orPeerID O Pass Block Opass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Local ID optional Enable this account Check the box to enable this function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout 1s set to 300 seconds PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote d
293. ntent Filter Profile Web Filter License Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name T Default 5 2 6 2 Tr Or Click System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Status Not Activated Authentication Message Activated Wiz 00 04 55 Authenticate is continuously connect to the server 2000 01 01 Dray Tek 331 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 2 Click the Activate link A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code AYI GXZ lf you cannot read the word click here Forget password Don t have a MyViger Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 856 3 597 2727 of email to webmastenadraytek com 3 Click the link of Create an account now 4 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile ELaaeement COLLELL My igor Agreement LLLE _ gt Gerson al Information Draytek provides
294. nter documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer E Eidi AST lt a Canon y ee fle zy This driver is digitally signed windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings 9 a Brother HL 1070 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port Local Pot Printer Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 HP LaserJet 1300 Brother HL 1070 PDF995 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and LPR name Configure Standard CP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP_ 192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol Raw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings e Queue Name CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 12 Dr ay Te k The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufac
295. ny Range Address oo Ys Yoo oo Yoo Yn 192 1568 1 65 192 166 1 69 li Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface A rl V LAMAR TAPI WAT For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address Range Address Any Address single Address Range Address Subnet Address Mac Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be controlled Type the start IP address for Single Address type 167 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is c
296. o The items categorized under Misc CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name fs IM P P Protocol Misc Select All Clear All Tunneling Socks4 5 LIPGPNet LIJHTTP Proxy Tor LI vA SoftEther CIMS TEREDO Owaujie Ultrasurf ClHamachi CIHTTF Tunnel Ping Tunnel CI Tiny PN Cl RealTunnel ClDynaFass C ultra PN Free 1 Skyfire Streaming O MMS OORTSP C TvAnts C PPStream CI PPTY Cl FeiDian LJuusee LINSPlayer LJpcast LIT Koo COl Sopcast LJ UDLivex LI T VUPlayer LImMySee LJ Joost Flashvideo Cl SilverLight C Slingbox Loven Remote Control Li vac Ll Radmin Spyanywhere Cl ShowMyPC LogMetn Cl Teamviewer Gogrok C RemotecontrolPro C CrossLoop C WindowsRDP Clpcanywhere Timbuktu C WindowsLivesSync C SharedView Web HD LIHTTE Upload LJHiNet SafeBox OMS SkyDrive Cl GDoc Uploader LJ ADrive LimyctherDrive O Mozy Cl BoxNet Cl officeLive Dray Tek 179 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filt
297. o activate them 3 1 4 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WAN interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when more than one WAN interface is activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol wan SCIP SrcIP DestIP Dest IP pan e Move Move Start End Start End Start End Up Down 1 oo Down 2 0 UP Down 22 UP Down 4 D UP Down 5 oo UP Down 6 oO UP Down zr a UP Down 8 D UP Down 9 0 UP Down o p UP Down lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface WAN Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Src IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Src IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Dest IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Dest IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Dest Port Start Displays the IP address for the
298. oE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode If you click PPPoE as the protocol please manually enter the Username Password provided by your ISP Then click Next Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 2 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name O400565 Gi hinet net Password ELLI Confirm Password ences User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAR Interface WAKE Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auta negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Dr ay Tek 23 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear
299. ode Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achiev
300. odern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices Packet OVERDRIVE This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802_11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility Configuration Status Option About General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on top Frequency 802 11b ghn 24GH v C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel 1 C Group Roaming PE Power Save Mode Disable Tx Burst Disable WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network o
301. of USB storage disk connected on Vigor router USB Application gt gt File Explorer File Explores o Current Path F Upload Fila Select a file Browse Upload Note The folder can not be deleted when it is not empty Click this icon to refresh files list Refresh Back Click this icon to return to the upper directory c Click this icon to add a new folder Create Current Path Display current folder Upload Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB storage disk The uploaded file in the USB diskette can be shared for other user through FTP 4 14 4 USB Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the users who accessing into FTP or Samba server USB storage disk via the Vigor router If you want to remove the storage disk from USB port in router please click Disconnect USB Disk first And then remove the USB storage disk later USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status No Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity OMB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Connection Status If there is no USB storage disk connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Disk Capacity It displays the total capacity of the USB storage disk V
302. ol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall Dray Tek 143 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page General Setup Page Such page allows you to enable disable Call Filter and Data Filter determine general rule for filtering the incoming and outgoing data Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Call Filter Data Filter Default Rule Enable Start Filter Set Disable Enable Start Filter Set Disable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for same games ex CS 3 Enable Strict Security Firewall Call Filter Data Filter Accept large incoming Enable Strict Security Firewall Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of
303. one Encryption Settings Profile Name VPN Dial Out Through CO Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 192 168 1 6 255 255 255 0 When you choose IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client IPSec Settings Profile Name YPN Dial Qut Through O Always on Server IPrHost Name for PM e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 1 509 Feer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Remote Network IP Pemote Network Mask Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 208 ve Cancel WANI First v 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 ll Cancel Dray Tek When you choose L2TP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP Settings Profile Name VPN Dial Qut Through WAN First L Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN fe g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 draytek com Username marketing Password Remote Network IP 192 168 1 6 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 When you choose L2TP over IPSec Nice to Have or L2TP over IPSec Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2
304. one VJ Compression on O off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Ke Specify Remote YPN Gateway Y Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre Shared E Ey 220 135 240 206 Digital Signature 509 one IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES F 3DES F AES 7 Atlast set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have ta do Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Laesi tetin 192 165 11 l Change default route to this YPN tunnel i Only single WAN supports this Remote Gateway IP Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 oO Ei D lore Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 312 Dray Tek 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router Internet 210 135 240 208 a Ta Remote Network 192 168 1 0 Us L A 192 168 1 3 Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise
305. onfliction Dr ay Tek 63 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as NetMeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any Note The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN WANS WAN 1 Private IP MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on DMZ Host for WAN2 and WAN3 is slightly different with WAN1 See the following figure Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 64 Dr ay Tek NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN WAN Enable E W
306. ongestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Dr ay Tek 253 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Volume Gain MISC DTMF Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Advance Settings gt Phone Tone Settings Region User Defined User Defined ov Ringi aly Germany Bus Netherlands Portugal Sweden Volume GAustralia Slovenia Mic Gaini Czech Speaker Slovakia Hungary MISC Switzerland Dial Tone oe Ring Freq China Taiwan Conges Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digita
307. ontinue click Next Create Shortcut N Delete Rename Properties lt amp 4 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer O A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server J use the Local printer option 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port LPT Recommended Printer Port ers Use the LP7 1 port to communicate with a local printer is port should look something like thi Create a new port Type of port Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 10 Dr ay Te k 6 Inthe following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address a
308. or2830 Series User s Guide 172 Dray Te k Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with HEX Example Contents backdoo 7 2 virus keep 200ut Result 1 backdoor 2 virus 3 keep out Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings 4 6 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1 17 2 18 J 13 4 20 J 1 6 22 L 23 8 24 J 23 10 26 12 28 13 29 14 30 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Dray Tek 173 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keyword 1 2 keyword 2 L Name Type a
309. ord Message Display the information for each event 3 7 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status User Password Time setup and Reboot System Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance 3 7 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation Dray Tek 85 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time LANI LANZ LANS LAN4 IP Routed Subnet MAC Address 00 50 F 00 00 Link Status WANI Disconnected WAN Connected WANS Disconnected Model Name Firmware Version Vigor2630Vn 3 3 6 1 Oct 20 2010 12 16 08 LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask 00 50 7F 00 00 00 142 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 00 50 7F 00 00 00 197 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 00 50 7F 00 00 00 142 168 5 1 255 255 2755 0 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 7 1 255 255 255 0 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Wireless LAN Frequency Domain Firmware Version oo Europe 2 2 0 7 WAN MAC Address Connection IP Address 00 50 7F 00 00 01 PPPoE aes 00 50 7F 00 00 02 Static IP 172 16 3 102 00 50 7F 00 00 03 Display the model name of the router DHCP Server DNS Wes 4 8 8 8 Wes 6 8 8 8 Wes 6 8 8 8
310. orming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Certificate Management Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Dray Tek 233 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization 0 Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Generate Type in all the information that the window requests Then click Generate again Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this bu
311. ot support long filename USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 Maximum 6 Default Charset Default Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Enable Disable Access Mode LAN Only LAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Workgroup Name Note 1 If Charset is set to default only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following lt gt General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage disk at one time Default Charset At present Vigor router supports three types of character sets default GB2312 and BIGS Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 274 Dray Te k Detault 562312 BIGGS Default Charset is for English based file name For Simplified Chinese file directory names please choose GB2312 for Traditional Chinese file directory names choose BIGS Samba Service Settings
312. ote network only allows you to dial in with single IP remote network you please choose NAT otherwise choose Route have to do Change default route to Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel this VPN tunnel Dray Te k 231 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 10 9 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol e9 VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network Tx Pkts Tx Rate Rx Pkts Rx Rate UpTime HEREXMEEXM Data is encrypted WSKR Data isn t encrypted Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 232 Dray Te k 4 11 Certificate Management 4 11 1 Local Certificate A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conf
313. ous exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense
314. outer for the user with such profile Check the box to enable the function of time quota The first box displays the remaining time of the network connection The second box allows to type the number of time unit is minute which is available for the user using such profile to access Internet Refresh Click this button to recalculate the time quota Add Click this box to set the time quota for such profile You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request 163 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 4 5 3 User Group This page allows you to bind several user profiles into one group These groups will be used in Firewall gt gt General Setup as part of filter rules User Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name FRERBREBeEPRreFP Peep e ee ee e u i i SPFEBBEREEEBEEBRBEBEEBE Please click any index number link to open the following page User Management gt gt User Group Profile Index 1 Available User Objects Selected User Objects Max 32 Objects j admin 2 System Reservation J LAM User Gsroup 1 4 VVLAN User Group A S VWWLAN User Group GB L OK Clear Cancel OK Name Type a name for this user group Available User Objects You can gather user profiles objects from User Profile page within one user g
315. ove 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username C PPTP IPSec Tunnel Password L2TP with IPSec Policy None ve ens IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Ke Specify Rernote VPN Gateway v Pre Shared Key Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre Shared Key ss AA Cl Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES F 3DES V AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP l C IPSec Tunnel Password E L2TP with IPSec Policy None VJ Compression on Off IKE Authentication Method l Pre Shared Ke Specify Remote YPN Gateway Y Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre shared key 220 135 240 210 Digital Signature 509 orPeerID O ae IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 308 Dray Tek Dray Tek 7 At last set the remote network I P subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooo From first subnet to remote network you have to do Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 toei Netware E 192 168 11 l Change default route to this WPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4
316. ow follow the steps listed below to activate WCF feature for your router 1 Open Service Activation Wizard Quick Start Wizard T Service Activation Wizard am a a 2 The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows Choose the one you need and click Next In this case we choose to activate free trail edition Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free trial edition POMP Stra ense key Free trial edition it offers a period of trial for you to get acquainted with WCF function Formal edition with license key you can extend the license valid time manually Note If you activate Formal edition with license key first the free trial edition will be invalid 3 In the following page you can activate the Web content filter services at the same time or individually When you finish the selection please click Next Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 28 Dray Te k Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This product provides 30 days of free trial please choose the item s you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Co
317. pecify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field 109 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for PPTP L2TP in WAN2 To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please click the PPTP L2TP tab The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP O Enable PPTP Enable LTP Disable PPP Setup EEEE TE Doo OE PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Specify Gateway IP Address Idle Timeout fi second s 172 16 1 1 IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias ISP Access Setup Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Username Fixed IP Address Password fs WAN IP Network Settings Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Obtain an IP address automatical
318. phone cannot be dialed out by using VoIP and can be called out through PSTN line only To solve this problem this page allows you to set five sets of PSTN number for dialing without passing through Internet Please type the number in the field of phone number for PSTN relay VoIP gt PSTN Setup Default phone number for PSTN relay Enable phone number for PSTN relay E Po Po Po Po po m w N Then check the Enable box to make the PSTN number available for dial whenever you need Dr ay Tek 245 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 12 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Ring Port Status 1 LJPhonei JPhone2 2 ClPhonei Phone 3 Phonei Phonez 4 ClPhone1 LJ JPhone2 5 Phonei Phone G ClPhonei OPhone T Phonei Phone 8 IPhonei O Phonez 9 C lPhonei Phonez 10 L Phonei Phonez Ti LJPhonei JPhone2
319. practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode Auto Weight k Auto Weight According to Line Speed Index Click the WAN interface link under Index to access into the WAN configuration page Enable V means such WAN interface is enabled and ready to be used Physical Mode Type Display the physical mode and physical type of such WAN interface Line Speed Display the downstream and upstream rate of such WAN interface Active Mode Display whether such WAN interface is Active device or backup Dray Tek 95 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide device Backup WAN Display the Backup WAN interface for such WAN when it is disabled Note In default each WAN port is enabled WAN1 with ADSL WANI is fixed with physical mode of ADSL WAN gt gt General Setup WAN 1 Enable Physical Mode Physical Type Line SpeedfkKbpsi DownLink UpLink VLAN Tag insertion Tag value Priority Active Mode Backup WAM Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Line Speed VLAN Tag insertion Active Mode Vigor2830 Series User s Guide ADSL B B Disable for channel 1 PPPOE PPPOA e eo ans oj an Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN
320. ption to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to enable the daylight saving Such feature is available for certain area Automatically Update Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Interval Click OK to save these settings Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 288 Dray Tek 4 15 8 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SNMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Router Name fo Management Port Setup Management Access Control User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 23 y Allow management from the Internet HTTP Port Default 80 C FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server C SSH Server HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 21 SSH Port Default 22 SNMP Setup Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IP C Enable SNMP Agent 1 tL Notification Hast IP fo Router Name Allow management from
321. public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 4 15 9 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing system reboot All the schedules can be set previously in Applications gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click OK To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 290 Dray Tek 4 15 10 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firm
322. publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges 33 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style auth
323. r friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Vigor VoIP Router Vigor VoIP Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic 237 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 12 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring Regional PSTN Setup In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor2830Vn for setting the phone book VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup TODE EON Fhone Display Index number Name e E e Te e l i ee h Bepe
324. r to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side 229 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide User Name Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group
325. radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration 4 10 3 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP VPN Service Enable IPSec VPN Service Enable L2TP VPN Service Note If you Intend running a VPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 216 Dray Tek 4 10 4 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP When DHCP Disable set Authentication Assigned IP range Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No PAP or CHAP Optional MPPE Dial In PPP PAP Only elect this option to force the router to Authentication authenticate dial in users with the PAP protocol
326. ray Te k Find more Test a site to verify whether it is categorized Set to Factory Default Cache Click it to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable server Click this link to do the verification Click this link to retrieve the factory settings None the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF precisely however the processing rate is normal Such item can provide the most accurate URL matching L1 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the URL has been accessed previously it will be stored for a short time about 1 second in the router to be accessed quickly if required Such item can provide accurate URL matching with faster rate L2 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the data has been accessed previously the IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized for a short time about 1 second in the router When the user tries to access the same destination ID the router will check it by comparing the record stored If it matches the page will be retrieved quickly Such item can provide URL matching with the fastest rate L1 L2 Cache the router will check the URL with fast processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2 Eight profiles are provided here as Web content filters Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page The item
327. remote host for building VPN connection Remote Network Mask Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Please confirm your settings LAN to LaAN Index 3 Profile Name PR 1 YPN Connection Type L2TP over IPSec Must YPN Connection Through WAM 1 First Always on Mo Server IP Host Name draytek com IKE Authentication Method Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method AH SHAL Remote Network IP 192 168 1 6 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another VPN Client Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Go to the VPN Connection Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Management Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Connection status Do another VPN Server Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for
328. rewall call WAN VPN settings You can check Enable Web Syslog specify the type of Syslog and choose the display mode you want Later the event of Syslog with specified type will be shown for your reference USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog L Enable Web Syslog Time Enable Web Syslog Syslog Type Display Mode Time Message Vigor2830 Series User s Guide USB Syslog Refresh Clear Syslog Type Display Mode Stop record when fulls w Message Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be displayed There are two modes for you to choose elu plc Stoo reca rd wh en fulls Always record the new event Stop record when fulls when the capacity of syslog is full the system will stop recording Always record the new event only the newest events will be recorded by the system Display the time of the event occurred Display the information for each event 302 Dray Tek For USB Syslog This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog Folder n a File n a Page n a Log Type n a Time Log Type Message Time Display the time of the event occurred Log Type Display the type of the record Message Display the information for each event Dray Te k 303 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2830 Ser
329. rface 281 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Connection Display the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway 4 15 2 TR 069 This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS System Mai ntenance gt gt TR069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server CPE Client Enable Disable Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time second s STUN Settings Disable Enable server Port Bare Minimum Keep Alive Period eo second s Maximum Keep Alive Period fi second s ACS Server On Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server ACS Server URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information CPE Client Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Enable Disable Allow Deny the CPE Client to connect with Auto Configuration Server Port Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might change port number for CPE 282 Dray Tek Periodic Inform Settings The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for t
330. ries gt Z Internet VoIP Web Surfing K lt VPN 3GUSB Modem Router After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the third WAN port However the original WANI and WAN2 still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WAN3 also can be used as backup device Therefore when WANI and WAN2 are not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 34 Dray Te k automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on Draytek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN 3 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WAN1 WAN2 and WAN3 in details This router supports multiple WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the multiple WANs to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WAN1 WAN2 and WAN3 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 WAN2 and WANS respectively WAN gt gt General Se
331. rol billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor2830 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2830 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor2830n with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 1 1n wireless function of Vigor2830n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN features of Vigor2830n series gt Z Internet VoIP Web Surfing K lt VPN 3GUSB Modem Router After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the third WAN port However the original WANI and WAN2 still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WAN3 also can be used as backup de
332. roup All the available user objects that you have created will be shown in this box Notice that user object Admin and Dial In User are factory settings User defined profiles will be numbered with 3 4 5 and so on Pelee wOrd Click button to add the selected user objects in this Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 164 Dray Te k Objects 4 5 4 User Online Status box This page displays the user s connected to the router and refreshes the connection status in an interval of several seconds User Management gt User Online Status Current Time 10 27 06 24 50 Index Active User 1 admin Refresh Seconds Refresh Index Active User IP Address Last Login Time Expired Time Idle Time Action Dray Tek Refresh Seconds Page Refresh IP Address Last Login Time Expired Time Idle Time Action 192 168 1 10 10 27 03 57 23 Unlimited Unlimited Block Logout Total Number 1 Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Fefresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the users which connect to Vigor router currently You can click the link under the username to open the user profile setting page for that user Display the IP address of the device Display the login time that such user connects to the router last time Display the expired time of the network co
333. rovides real time syslog and displays the information on the screen USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog L Enable Web Syslog For Web Syslog USB Syslog Refresh Clear Syslog Type Display Mode Stop record when fulls w Message This page displays the time and message for User Firewall call WAN VPN settings You can check Enable Web Syslog specify the type of Syslog and choose the display mode you want Later the event of Syslog with specified type will be shown for your reference Enable Web Syslog Syslog Type Display Mode Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be displayed There are two modes for you to choose Stop record when fulls Stoo record when fuls Always record the new event Stop record when fulls when the capacity of syslog is full the system will stop recording Always record the new event only the newest events will be 84 Dray Tek recorded by the system Time Display the time of the event occurred Message Display the information for each event For USB Syslog This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog Folder n a File n a Page n a Log Type n a Time Log Type Message Time Display the time of the event occurred Log Type Display the type of the rec
334. rt a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Cerificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file ee Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Subject Valid From Valid To Close Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 11 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password Po Confirm password fe Click to download certificate
335. rval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is 108 Dray Tek Detection RIP Protocol WAN IP Network Settings Dray Tek alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool lip Y Lee lga LE Y 172 16 3 200 2 K 3 4 im mN m N N Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned S
336. s page and choose General Setup There are four subnets provided by the router which allow users to divide groups into different subnets LANI LANA4 In addition different subnets can link for each other by configuring Inter LAN Routing At present LAN setting is fixed with NAT mode only LAN2 LAN4 can be operated under NAT or Route mode IP Routed Subnet can be operated under Route mode LAN gt General Setup General Setup Index LAM 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 IF Routed Subnet Inter LAN Routing Subnet LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAM 4 General Setup Index Status DHCP IP Address Details Page Inter LAN Routing Dray Tek Status DHCP IP Address y y 192 168 1 1 oO 192 168 3 1 oO 192 168 5 1 oO 192 168 7 1 oO 192 168 2 1 LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 LJ d L d d CI Allow to configure settings for each subnet respectively Display all of the LAN items Basically LAN status is enabled in default LAN2 LAN3 LAN3 and IP Routed Subnet can be observed by checking the box of Status LANI is configured with DHCP in default If required please check the DHCP box for each LAN Display the IP address for each LAN item Such information is set in default and you can not modify it Click it to access into the setting page Each LAN will have different LAN configuration page Each LAN must be configured in different subnet Check the box to link two or more different subnets LAN and LAN 123 Vigor2830
337. s IGMP Normal It means that the PVC can accept all packets except IGMP IGMP It means that the PVC can accept packets of IGMP only Enable switch add Tag Check this box to enable the function Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 118 Dray Tek 4 1 5 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WANI WAN2 and WANS3 interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when WAN1 WAN2 and WAN3 are activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol WAN ele ase penal ae poe aan is n Start End 1 od Down 2 O UP Down 3 D UP Down i 60 UP Down 5 D UP Down 6 Oo UP Down zr oO UP Down 8 D UP Down 9 a UP Down ow D UP Down lt lt 1 10 11 40 gt gt Next gt gt Index Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface WAN Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Src IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Src IP End Displays the IP address for the end of th
338. s code to activate your account Tel 0 a Country SWITZERLAND v Career Supervisor vj 4 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Internet w Gasreement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv Denna would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Global Server O compieion Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 336 Dray Tek 5 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EFAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E rreferences AR 6 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek corn Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation link below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 7 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site
339. s connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Dray Tek r2830 Securi ty Firewall a E a E m E ON 1a amp ay Reset GagaLAn amp 1 z 3 4 DSL HANH Giga USE PWR i Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration GigaLAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices DSL Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 WAN2 Giga Connecters for remote networked devices USB Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Tek 3 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 1 2 2 For Vigor2830n wess O O O ONOFMWPS act WLAN DoS D 2 ao USB DSL VPN Factory i i Renal CSM WAN Qos LED ACT Activity USB CSM WLAN DSL WAN2 DoS VPN QoS LED on Connector GigaLAN 1 2 3 4 WAN 2 Giga Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Drey Tek SEIE Blinking Off Blinking Blinking Blinking Blinking Blinking Q 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Left LED Green Off Blinking i Right LED Green Off Left LED Green O 5 O Blinking Right LED Green Off Vigor2830n
340. s down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Idle Timeout Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 200 Dray Tek Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office WZ ll Wz 1 10 2 10 2 Hour a 3 7 5 Force On E 5 Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week E a a Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 4 9 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication D
341. s listed in Categories will be changed according to the different service providers If you have and activate another web content filter license the items will be changed simultaneously All of the configuration made for web content filter will be deleted automatically Therefore please backup your data before you change the web content filter license Dray Tek 185 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Default Black White List Enable Action Block Action Groups Child Protection Select All Clear All Leisure Select All Clear All BUSINESS coe er aii Clear All i Black White List Action Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Group Object Selections Log OO E Categories V Alcohol amp Tobacco Hate amp Intolerance V Porn amp Sexually School Cheating Child Abuse Images Entertainment Travel LJ Compromised J Finance L News LJ Politics L Restaurants amp Dining C General Image Sharing Private IP Addresses V Criminal Activity Tegal Drug Violence Sex Education Ul Games Leisure amp Recreation LI Dating amp Personals C Government Cl Non profits amp NGOs Peal Estate Cl Shopping LJ cults LJ Network Errors Cl Uncategorised Sites Gambling V Nudity Weapons Tasteless Cl Sports L Fashion amp Beauty
342. s the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 3 For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration Q Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble S Shooting for detecting and solving your problem 4 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Dray Tek 15 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 2 3 Changing Password No matter user mode operation or admin mode operation please change the password for the original security of the router 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for admin mode Otherwise do not type any word both username and password are Null
343. s to your local PC as a file Restoration Select a backup file to restore ee ct Decrypt password Click to upload the file 4 12 VolP Note This function is used for V models Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture
344. seasseneessusesseeeseasesneeas 93 AAN AN ee ne ee ee ee ee ee ee 93 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWOrk cccccccseeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeesseeeeesaeeeesaeseeesaeeeeeas 93 AT 2 General o etip asise O E a E E E EAE 95 ALMENE PCE SS S reii n R E 100 AA NUP V Se E E E E E E 113 A 1 5 OAC yell FPOICY rni A a E RAA E A 119 AALAN E 121 ZN WA SISO LAIN aena T E A A 121 aAA Ee e ES E I S E A E E E E T E E TE 123 2 AUC ROUTO aar E E E E E E E E E 128 A AVEA N a E A E E 131 Ao AI OMA G a E N 133 A ONAT cece E T E dete Gaiasige seed uorecceseee 134 4 3 1 Port Redirection cccecccccccseesececcceeuseeeeccsauscecsceusseeeessauseeeeeseuaseeeesseaaeeeesssaasesssaages 135 Ao e DMZ FO ee E E E E cies sae esate mclessscene cee 137 A S OD PO O en E E E eee eee ee eee 140 ese TSWV e O ESEE E ETE OT E TETE E T ET AEE E EE ETE 142 44 1 Basics for FIFCWAlleesavscaicinsacava cancers hecedeeninnrsdsessuiaran ease tots sagen aaan aaaeaii 142 44 2 General OO UD sretni erare aano e aaie anaie ead oeo agi 144 BAe FAC EEL E A E E E E E E E A T A 148 BAGS DESE ra E E E E E 156 ARSAM E EE 2404 9 a E E E ee E E E A eee 159 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide viii Dr ay Tek 4 5 1 General SEU Ds se cuviasssavwencassinnonnceutheasinasmeriiaundectdmennua taceiaunioanmeisanendeetimenesaieiundetsenunvesatune 160 4S2 Usar OMG ior snracncten sieennrns m E EERE EE TEENS 161 4 5 3 User GOUD seiersen eaaa iaa Te iega ne ee eee ene eee 164 4 5 4 User On
345. selected VLAN Choose one of them to make the selected VLAN mapping to the specified subnet only For example LAN is specified for VLANO It means that PCs grouped under VLANO can get the IP address es that specified by the subnet 131 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Note Leave one VLAN untagged at least to prevent from not connecting to Vigor router due to unexpected error To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 D 4 a vu r G 2050 p g m 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration V Enable VLAN Tag LAN Wireless LAN Enable VID Priority Pi Pe P3 P4 SSIDI SSID2 SSIDS SSID4 Subnet VLANO Oo fb ooo oo a oO VLANI o b Ooo Oo E oO A VLAN2 Oo fb AAAA A AAA F VLAN3 D bo Hnoooa ao A VLANA Oo b PrnAnnm wn Os VLAN5 oh fb Hnoooaoaoa A VLANG H fb AFAR oA A VLAN oh bo D0002 o 0 O 0 1 Tag based VLAN only applied for LAN Ports 2 The checked Wireless LAN SSID will not has YLAN tagging function but regarded as joining WYLAN group 3 The set YLAN ID YID must be unique and not duplicate 23 To remove VLAN uncheck the needed box and click OK to save the results Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 132 Dray Tek 4 2 5 Bind IP to
346. server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to activate daylight saving function Such feature is useful for some areas Automatically Update Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Interval Click OK to save these settings 3 7 4 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router for using current configuration Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future 3 8 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 88 Dray Te k 3 8 1 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCP
347. server Running Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID 1 152 168 1 10 00 0F A6 248 D5 Ail 0 00 11 070 user a jel zZceg Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Tek 89 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 8 2 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Ping through Ping to IP Address Run Clear Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Unspecified w Host IP DNE Run Result Gateway 1 Clear Gateway 2 Gateway 3 Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Ping through Unspeciied AM WAMA WAM Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clic
348. service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please click the Static or Dynamic IP tab The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Enable Disable Keep WAN Connection C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP PING Interval WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL RIP Protocol C Enable RIP Enable Disable Keep WAN Connection WAN Connection Detection Dray Tek Static or Dynamic IP Os minutefs ARP Detect PPTP WAN IP Network Settings _ VAM IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name Domain Mame Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address lao Eo FF Hoo oo A DHNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address l Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections 1f there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to
349. setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 268 Dr ay Te k Security WEP Pre shared Key Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status 4 13 7 Advanced Setting Disable There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared Key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Type There are two types for you to choose WPA and WPA2 are used for WDS devices e g AP700 For example if you have a wireless AP and a Vigor2830n wireless router you can set the encryption mode as WPA or WPA2 to establish your WDS system between AP and the router Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please
350. should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Dray Tek 217 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Assigned IP Range Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address 4 10 5 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload
351. ss Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe 2 2 0 7 DrayTek WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WANI Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 PPPOE a Fee WAN Connected 00 50 F 00 00 02 Static IP 1 72 16 3 102 1 2 16 1 1 WANS Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version WAN Link Status MAC Address Dray Tek Display the model name of the router Display the firmware version of the router Display the date and time of the current firmware built Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface Display the IP address of the LAN interface Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of bound with some WLAN miniPCi Display the SSID of the router Display current connection status some features that are Display the MAC address of the WAN Inte
352. start of the destination port Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 54 Dray Te k Dest Port End Move UP Move Down Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy WAN gt gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 C Enable Protocol Binding WAN Interface Auto failover to the other WAN Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Dray Tek WAN interface Protocol Choose the WAN interface WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 for binding Auto failover to other WAN Check this button to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface is failover Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN inter
353. surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 75 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 5 3 Security packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA The default security mode is Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Default Pre Shared Key PSK is provided and stated on the label pasted on the bottom of the router For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such router please input the default PSK value for connection Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings Security Settings WPA Encryption Mode WEP For 64 bit WEP key Mode TKIP for WPA AES for WPA2 Pre Shared Key PSK pee l Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOla or Ox655abcd Encryption Mode Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 Key 4 Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or Ox4142333132 For 126 bit WEP k
354. t IGMP IGMP C Enable IGMP Proxy WAN1 IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled L Enable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic OK Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID Fi P2 P3 P4 Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN port In addition such function is available in NAT mode Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 204 Dray Te k 4 9 6 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the speci
355. t URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Set to Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 J 2 6 J i 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 180 Dray Tek CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Both Pass Log 1 URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections OT E 2 Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Action LI Cookie Ll Proxy File Extension Profile Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this
356. t When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the tems without any reasons tt is E Preferences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement z please stop using My igor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 3 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Account Information Gaareement UNan Mary Check Account 3 20 characters eooo Password a p el omm n 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username ps papaa aii Confirm Password sooo J Personal Information E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Email Address mary_ted tech com Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need thi
357. t Emy Network Places Documents R pvs cOM Lite _MWwSnapsoo C TeleDanmark Tools 2 config v2k2_ 232 config_1 veke_250_config_1 My Documents hy Computer _ File name config ww Mu Network Save as type Configuration file we 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ae Click Restore ta upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful Dr ay Tek 285 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 15 6 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly ge
358. t into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup LJ Enable Syslog Save to Syslog Server USB Disk Router Name Server IP Address Destination Port 514 Enable syslog message Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Router DSL information AlertLog Setup C Enable AlertLog Port 514 SysLog Access Setup Router Name Syslog Server IP Destination Port Enable syslog message AlertLog Setup Mail Alert Setup Send a test e mail SMTP Server Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Mail Alert Setup L Enable SMTP Server SMTP Port Mail To Return Path Authentication Enable E Mail Alert DoS Attack IM P2P Enable Check Enable to activate function of syslog Syslog Save to Check Syslog Server to save the log to Syslog server Check USB Disk to save the log to the attached USB storage disk Display the name for such router configured in System Maintenance gt gt Management If there is no name here simply lick the link to access into System Maintenance gt gt Management to set the router name The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Check Enable to activate function of alert log T
359. t supported MX for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 4 9 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applic
360. t the service provider for the DDNS account Service Type Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Domain Name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain 69 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain Wildcard and Backup The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported MX for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 3 4 2 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables appli
361. t you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 68 Dray Te k Dray Tek Active Display if this account is active or inactive View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic ONS Account WAN Interface WAMI First Service Provider dyndns org www dyndns org ka Service Type Login Name max 64 characters Password max 23 characters Wildcards Backup Mx Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable the current account If you did Account check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WAN Interface WANI WAN2 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WANS as the first channel for such account If WAN1 WAN2 WANS fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WANS Only While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 WANS3 as the only channel for such account WAN First VAN First Service Provider Selec
362. tain any of the following lt gt Workgroup Name Type a name for the workgroup Host Name Type the host name for the router 3 6 2 USB User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP Samba users Any user who wants to access into the USB diskette must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB diskette first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt gt USB User Management USB User Management Setto Factory Default Index Username Home Folder Index Username Home Folder PAP eRe ee a Em PRPREPREF Click index number to access into configuration page USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User OQEnable Disable Password O Maximum 11 Characters Confirm Password fe Home Folder fs D Access Rule File JPead O write Delete Directory Otist create Remove Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A z a z 0 9 _ lt 4f and space FTP Samba User Enable Click this button to activate this profile account for Dray Tek 81 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Username Password Confirm Password Home Folder Access Rule Vigor2830 Series User s Guide FTP service or Samba User service Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server
363. tems in the ARP table Sort Reorder the table based on the IP address Refresh Refresh the ARP table listed below to obtain the newest ARP table information Add and Edit IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address Dray Tek 133 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Delete You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 4 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on th
364. ter to share printer or USB storage device for sharing files Vigor2830 series provides two level management to simplify the configuration of network connection The user mode allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration However if users want to have advanced configurations they can access into WEB interface through admin mode 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ot Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings Clear Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 3 4 for detailed explanation Dr ay Tek 1 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 2 1 For Vigor2830 8 ACT WCF Dos CF Q e USE DSL VPN Factory gt b b Reset CoM WAN Od LED ACT Activity USB CSM WCF DSL WAN2 DoS VPN QoS LED on Connector GigaLAN 1 2 3 4 WAN 2 Giga Vigor2830 Series User s Guide
365. that will be used for this entry This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured Local Computer Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host Dray Te k 141 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 4 4 Firewall 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicite
366. the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function 43 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI1 only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog Z hitp 192 168 1 1 WANIIP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer _ E O R WANT IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool O L d dl d d L Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 44 Dr ay Te k Details Page for MPoA in WANT MPOA is a specification that enables ATM services to be integrated with existing LANs which use either Ethernet or to send packets to each other TCP IP protocols The goal of MPoA is to allow different LANs via an ATM backbone To use MPoA as the accessing protocol of the Internet select MPoA mode The followin
367. the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection 49 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide RIP Protocol WAN IP Network Settings Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using J WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer Sel WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Y 172 16 3 229 Y Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if
368. the QoS Control OUT w in WAN Inboun OUT ith Index Class Name 3 Set Inbound Outbound bandwidth Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service NO Status Local Address Remote Address MSN Service Type CodePoint 10 Inactive Any Any ANY undefined Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 318 Dray Tek 5 6 7 Dray Tek For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio E mail 25 og 25 25 n o Others Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio Yo C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the
369. the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misuse
370. the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G711 Prefer Codec G 711A 64kbps 3 7 11MU 64k bps 3 7114 b4k bos Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector 252 Dray Tek Default SIP Account You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setti
371. tication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Configure via Push Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup Button procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Configure via Client Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish PinCode to connect and click Start PIN button The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 266 Dray Te k 4 13 6 WDS WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LAN3 _ LAN1 LAN2 The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below Host with Host with Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 v Y me a M A O ee gg anasan ego w ee ss se ewe e
372. ting Type Protocol Modulation PPPoE Pass through C For Wired LAN C For Wireless LAN WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL Enable Disable DSL Modem Settings Dray Tek LLOJSNAP PPPoE Multimode oo 4 ARP Detect IP Address From ISP WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IF Fized IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address o Eo ze oo oo or Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access gt gt Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP Protocol Drop down the list to choose the one PPPoE or PPPoA provided by ISP If you have already used Quick Start Wizard to set the protocol then it is not necessary for you to change any settings in this group 101 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide PPPoE Pass through WAN Connection Detection ISP Access Setup IP Address Assignment Method
373. tion WMM Capable APSD Capable Set to Factory Default Enable Disable Enable Disable WMM Parameters of Access Point Aifsn AC_BE AC_BK AC VI AC VO WMM Farameters of Station Aifsn AC BE WMM Capable APSD Capable Aifsn CWMin CWMax Txop ACM Dray Tek CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AckPolicy E m E m E m o oa CWMin CWMax Txop ACM i 0 as N To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button The default setting is Disable It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC_VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC_BE and AC_BK categories CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CW Min or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC_VI and AC_VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC_BK categories must be greater It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC_VI and AC_VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to
374. tion Detection Mode ARP Detect Default MAC Address Ping IF Specify a MAC Address TTL MAC Address lao Eo FF Hoo oo or RIP Protocol DNS Server IP Address Secondary IP Address fs Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid DSL Modem Settings Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access gt gt Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen Encapsulating Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Modulation Default setting is Multimode Choose the one that fits the requirement of your router Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 104 Dray Te k WAN Connection Detection RIP Protocol Bridge Mode WAN IP Network Settings Dray Tek Modulation Mlultimode wal 71 412 5 Lite 5 OMT ADSLATS Soe 3 ADSL annex Ml ADSC 5 992 5 ADSL2 annex hl Multimode Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detect
375. tion with different subnets Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK 129 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address 192 168 10 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 92 165 1 2 Network Interface AET 4 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address 11 100 88 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IF Address 192 166 1 3 Network Interface LA Cancel ho 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey connected 3 static R RIF default private a 192 168 10 07 255 255 255 0 wia 192 168 1 2 LAN D 192 166 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected ae 211 100 86 0 255 255 455 0 via 192 168 1 3 LAN Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 130 Dray Tek 4 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage
376. tional fe Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block op x Settings in the remote host l Dray Tek For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www DrayTek com download center Install as instructed After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host 3 Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP DE Step l This step will add the ProhibitIpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a LATP IPSec connection using a pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more infomation please read the article O240262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Configure Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step Step 2 Connect to YPN Server Insert Remove Status Mo connection PPTP ISP amp VPP In Step 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below 315 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Dial To TEN Session Name office VPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 125 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 168 1 1 User Mame Password
377. to Factory Default Index Name Index Name ee SU UD l jM Ml e a ee nn ee i ie a ee FeEEBREBYEPrerPrPEFERe e A ey Pat foal tad in d E g Vv Mr F ia a ok wr Vv Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 s mt Source Port I 4 II lt Destination Port Name Type a name for this profile Protocol Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Destination Port Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 170 Dray Te k when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Service Typ
378. to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for PSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Medium AH Authentication Header means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MDS or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc 227 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide The window of advance setup is shown as below atvane hp 092 168 i Ido Dhin IKE advanced
379. to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible par
380. tton to view the detailed settings for certificate request After clicking Generate the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TWY O Draytek OU RD emaila Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request HITBs CCARSC AD AWUDELMARGALUEBHNCYFcREDSAORGNVERAOTBORYYE1LOZWSsxCce ad BoNVE ASsTALJEMS IwilaYJKos lhvcNagkeFRaW 2 ekIJ 2a loGRyYsloeusuYe StMict MAOGCS GS Ibs DORBACUAASGHADCBIiORBGoDPiocahu gFOaltBlce SOERSDfuknIdH blolktScTdALUubaF kbs 8ds whegoytoViLbdJ sz IDFOx ez bip rev laTtunTsq4lgz6gk fcGhuVTEd94 6PlernkPTdu 4c2 sc wba 4yscevms yDAShLAdxVYPUpNEVIroT2 Re JERMAHE Wp YpwIDAQaARoCIwlaYydIKos ThvycWAGQKOMRMWETAPRGNVHREECDAGHUTA GAEqQuagccs gos Ins DOERBROUALIGE ABR43 O40 9nodarludBatTtoltso tYNb2kfEs ikisNdfUoUEnKce JeOndc HesVDie3 ACEI peTPFRxuqklbe folatwE oT 0ViNagba GqeJ9try qe fyhcrSs RULPN1HectfoTand M DLEPGEn PUChbobLgGVsIJHrV kC2 HAW JEETEimO Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 234 Dray Te k 4 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate Dray Tek a Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 View Trusted CA 2 Vi lew Delete Trusted C4 3 lew Delete IMPORT REFRESH To impo
381. tup Load Balance Mode Auto Weight v Setup Index Enable PUE A a Active Mode Backup WAN WANT y ADSL o 0 Always On WAN Y Ethernet auto negotiation 0 0 Always On WANS y ISB o 0 Always On Note Line Sneed only used for load balance mode according to Line Speed Load Balance Mode This option is available for multiple WAN for getting enough bandwidth for each WAN port If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weight to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode ee Auto Weight According to Line Speed Index Click the WAN interface link under Index to access into the WAN configuration page Enable V means such WAN interface is enabled and ready to be used Physical Mode Type Display the physical mode and physical type of such WAN interface Line Speed Display the downstream and upstream rate of such WAN interface Active Mode Display whether such WAN interface is Active device or backup Dray Tek 35 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Backup WAN device Display the Backup WAN interface for such WAN when it is disabled Note In default each WAN port is enabled WAN1 with ADSL WANI is fixed with physical mode of ADSL WAN gt gt General Setup WAN 1 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line SpeedfkKbpsi DownLink UpLink VLAN Tag insertion Tag value Prior
382. turers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www DrayTek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link About DrayTek Products Support Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Basic FAQ 01 What are the differences among these firmware file formats Basic 02 How could get the telnet command for routers Advanced 03 How can backup restore my configuration settings VPN 04 How do reset clear the router s password DHCP 05 How to bring back my router to its default value REE VoIP 06 How do tell the type of my Vigor Router is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only Qos 07 Ways for firmware upgrade ISDN 08 Why is SNMP removed in firmware 2 5 6 and above for Vigor2200 Series routers A 09 failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware from my Mac machine constantly what should do 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely FAQ Printer Server 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 P 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windows9S8 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there ar
383. u want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card pcl N M Define a PIN Code of Station r PIN Code For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer A Ws only supports in WRAAWPAG PSE Mode Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Dray Tek 265 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Enable WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SD DrayTek Authentication Mode Disable Device Configure Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode Note WPS can help your wireless chent automatically connect to the Access point WPS is Disabled WPS is Enabled Waiting for WPS requests from wireless clients Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here SSID Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 only Authentication Mode Display current authen
384. ubnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Dray Te k 121 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address cz 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP a What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 122 Dray Te k 4 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN setting
385. unicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 56 Dr ay Te k Internet Public IP Address cz 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP a What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Dray Tek 57 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt General Setup General Setup Index LAN 1 Index Status DHCP IP Address Details Page Details Page for LAN1 Status DHCP IP Address y Y LES o LBE
386. user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Name HTTPS NO Status Local Address Remote Address Darsa Service Type CodePoint Any Any ANY ANY Click Setup link for WAN2 Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Class Class Class LN Online Index Status Bandwidth Direction 7 277 _ Others Bandwidth _ 1 2 3 Control Statistics WANI Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 25 25 ki 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN2 Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Both 25 25 25 Active WAN3 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 Inactive Class Rule Index Name i Service Type Class 1 E mail Class 2 HTTPS i Edit Class 3 319 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 8 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio E mail 25 be HTTPS Others Limited_bandwidth Ratio C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 9 If the worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set r
387. using WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Ly Y LES La LIA Y 172 16 3 200 2 lt 3 4 neh mN n mN aS Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Network Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to Settings obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dray Te k 111 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Details Page for PPP in WAN3 To use PPP for 3G USB Modem as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPP mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 3 3G Modem Enable Disable SIM PIN code Po Modem Initial String AT amp FEOVTAT amp D280 150 0 Default ATR amp FEOQV1X1 amp D2 amp C1S0 0 Modem Initial String2 Modem Dial String Default
388. vice Therefore when WANI and WAN2 are not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 94 Dray Te k automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN 4 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WANI WAN2 and WANS3 in details This router supports multiple WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the multiple WANs to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WAN1 WAN2 and WAN3 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 WAN2 and WANS respectively WAN gt General Setup Load Balance Mode Auto Weight Setup Index Enable Medan Gate intae Active Mode Backup WAN WANT ADSL po Always On WAN Ethernet faAuto negotiation 0 0 Always On es WANS USB7 00 Always On Load Balance Mode This option is available for multiple WAN for getting enough bandwidth for each WAN port If you know the
389. victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status i 2 3 H 4 4 H 6 H f a x q 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the Service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 140 Dray Tek NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports WAR Interface WAMI 9 Local Computer 197 166 1 10 Choose PC End Part Protocol Start Port End Port Protocol rog B00 we 7 s 4500 is e fh i Lan gE S gm mm D HULL CUO ie i Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry Comment Make a name for the defined network application service WAN IP Specify the WAN IP address
390. visit http www DrayTek com user AboutRegulatory php C FE This product is designed for the DSL POTS 2 4GHz 5GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Dray Te k v Vigor2830 Series User s Guide Vigor2830 Series User s Guide vi Dr ay Te k Table of Contents 1 PR CTACE see cccec ss ce seecei E EEE 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation cccccccccccccececseeeseeeeeeeesesaeeeceeeeessaaeaeseseeeeessuaaaeees 1 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors cccccceeecccceeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeseseceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeessaeaeeeeeeeesssaaaasees 2 12 1 FOr VigOr20 0 resur E E EEEE E SEES 2 1 22 FOF VIgOr28 So Ox escra a a E E EEE TEE 4 1 23 FOF VIgOr28 SO WM esra E a EE T EEE 6 1 3 Hardware Installation 402 cecaresssinesasnsenvavadsencsasvenin esis annee aara ra Eanan ri aaa iraa i 8 14 Printer Metala tiol seinere A E Aa 9 2 Configuring Basic Settings sicccsscccinssccsiecesnsstecneeccincacnsatecesesadessceccdeseonssdecesexeds 15 2 1 Two Level Managemen t cccccccsssecccseseeeccesseecceseeeseaeeessaeeecseaseeessaseeessagseessageeesssaseseseas 15 2 2 ACCESSING Web Page ccccccccssssececceeeseceeeceaeecececueuseeeesseaaeeeesseeaauceeessaaecesesauseeeeesaseeeeesaeas 15 28 CIVIC Fs SV ONG teres tgs seen ge sete scams E esis nee aeae nets E E E E EN 16 2A QUIN Start Wizard ennes R e e E E a
391. voke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Limit Session Enable Disable Default Max Sessions 100 Limitation List Index Start IP End IF Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index IP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action 1 197 166 1 10 CARRIE OCYCB251 0 0 2 Block Current Peak Speed Current Peak Speed Current Peak WANT gt O 0 Auto O 0 Auta gt WAN 172 16 3 102 1 334 Auto T TBB f Auto WANS O 0 Auto O 0 Auta Total 1 334 Auto 7 786 7 Auta 56 260 Note 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked 3 Kbps shared bandwidth residual bandwidth used Current Peak are average Enable Data Flow Check this box to enable this function Monitor Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Refresh Seconds V Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 298 Dray Tek Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Index
392. w wwe The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding Dray Tek 267 Vigor2830 Series User s Guide In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Host with Host with l Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Wireless LAN gt WDS5 Settings WDS Settings Setto Factory Default Security Disable WEP Pre shared Key WEP Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings Y i i Note Disable unused links to performance Fre shared Key Type Repeater WPA WPA Enable Note WPA and WPA are not compitable with DrayTek WPA Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsO1a2 or Ox65Sabcd Access Point Function Enable Disable Status C Send Hello message to peers Note The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Mode Choose the mode for WDS
393. ware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www DrayTek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp DrayTek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file A Click Upgrade to upload the file TFIP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 3 6 1 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running in fe W M e Do you want to upgrade firmware Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade TFTF server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software to upgrade router s firmware This server will be clased by itself when the firmware upgrading finish
394. will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list is
395. y in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 228 Dr ay Te k 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial in Type PPTR IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer YPN Server IP orPeerID 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Local Network IP Local Network Mask Allowed Dial In Type Specify Remote VPN Gateway Dray Tek 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 lore Username eee Password YJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signaturef 5095 IPSec Security Method Mediumi 4H Highf ESP 3 DES 3DES AES RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to do Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Determine the dial in connection with different types PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in use
396. you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Local Network IP Local Display the local network IP and mask for TCP IP Vigor2830 Series User s Guide 230 Dray Tek Network Mask configuration You can modify the settings if required More Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router http ff192_168 1_1 LAN to LAW Profile Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles Profile Index 1 Pemote Network Network IP Netmask 255 255 255 255 32 ow RIP Direction The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable From first subnet to If the rem
397. you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field 50 Dray Tek DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for PPTP L2TP in WAN2 To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please click the PPTP L2TP tab The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP O Enable PPTP O Enable L2TP Disable PPP Setup ue ee ee PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Specify Gateway IP Address Idle Timeout 180 second s 172 16 1 1 IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias ISP Access Setup Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP User
398. ype the port number for alert log The default setting is 514 Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not The IP address of the SMTP server 286 Dray Tek Mail To Assign a mail address for sending mails out Return Path Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Authentication Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Enable E mail Alert Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu fg Router Tools 3 5 1 About Router Tools BA Firmware Uperade Utility jp Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed i
399. ytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 tcomp_seq 6 ttl 255 times8 755 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 times8 697 ms t bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 2 ttl 255 times6 716 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 3 ttl 255 timesh 731 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 tcmp_seq 4 ttl 255 timesh 72 ms AE 192 168 1 1 ping statistics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax 0 697 6 7236 755 ms Vigoria draytekd fj 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Open WAN gt gt Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click Details Page of WAN1 WAN2 to review the settings that you configured previously WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WANI ADSL PPPoE PPPoA Details Page WAR 2 Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP vw Details Page wana Jst 6 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the following Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor2830 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor2830 USB LED lights on but the network conne

Vigor2830 Series User`s Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents